cdbpartition.c 217.2 KB
Newer Older
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * cdbpartition.c
 *	  Provides utility routines to support sharding via partitioning
 *	  within Greenplum Database.
 *
 *    Many items are just extensions of tablecmds.c.
 *
9 10 11 12 13 14
 * Portions Copyright (c) 2005-2010, Greenplum inc
 * Portions Copyright (c) 2012-Present Pivotal Software, Inc.
 *
 *
 * IDENTIFICATION
 *	    src/backend/cdb/cdbpartition.c
15 16 17 18
 *
 *--------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
#include "postgres.h"
19

20 21 22 23
#include "access/genam.h"
#include "access/hash.h"
#include "access/heapam.h"
#include "access/reloptions.h"
24
#include "access/xact.h"
25 26 27 28 29 30
#include "catalog/catalog.h"
#include "catalog/dependency.h"
#include "catalog/heap.h"
#include "catalog/pg_constraint.h"
#include "catalog/pg_exttable.h"
#include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
31
#include "catalog/pg_inherits_fn.h"
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
#include "catalog/pg_operator.h"
#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
#include "catalog/pg_partition_encoding.h"
#include "catalog/namespace.h"
#include "cdb/cdbpartition.h"
#include "cdb/cdbvars.h"
#include "commands/defrem.h"
#include "commands/tablecmds.h"
#include "commands/tablespace.h"
#include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
#include "optimizer/var.h"
#include "parser/analyze.h"
#include "parser/parse_expr.h"
#include "parser/parse_oper.h"
47
#include "parser/parse_partition.h"
48 49
#include "parser/parse_relation.h"
#include "parser/parse_target.h"
50
#include "parser/parse_utilcmd.h"
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
#include "tcop/utility.h"
#include "utils/acl.h"
#include "utils/builtins.h"
#include "utils/datum.h"
#include "utils/elog.h"
#include "utils/fmgroids.h"
#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
#include "utils/memutils.h"
#include "utils/syscache.h"
60
#include "utils/tqual.h"
61 62 63 64 65 66 67

#define DEFAULT_CONSTRAINT_ESTIMATE 16
#define MIN_XCHG_CONTEXT_SIZE 4096
#define INIT_XCHG_BLOCK_SIZE 4096
#define MAX_XCHG_BLOCK_SIZE 4096

typedef struct
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
68 69 70 71 72 73
{
	char	   *key;
	List	   *table_cons;
	List	   *part_cons;
	List	   *cand_cons;
} ConstraintEntry;
74 75 76

typedef struct
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
77
	Node	   *entry;
78 79
} ConNodeEntry;

80 81 82 83 84 85 86

typedef enum
{
	PART_TABLE,
	PART_PART,
	PART_CAND
} PartExchangeRole;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
87
static void record_constraints(Relation pgcon, MemoryContext context,
88 89 90
				   HTAB *hash_tbl, Relation rel,
				   PartExchangeRole xrole);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
91
static char *constraint_names(List *cons);
92 93

static void
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
94
			constraint_diffs(List *cons_a, List *cons_b, bool match_names, List **missing, List **extra);
95 96 97

static void add_template_encoding_clauses(Oid relid, Oid paroid, List *stenc);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
98
static PartitionNode *findPartitionNodeEntry(PartitionNode *partitionNode, Oid partOid);
99 100

static uint32
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
101
			constrNodeHash(const void *keyPtr, Size keysize);
102 103

static int
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
104
			constrNodeMatch(const void *keyPtr1, const void *keyPtr2, Size keysize);
105

106 107
static void parruleord_open_gap(Oid partid, int16 level, Oid parent,
					int16 ruleord, int16 stopkey, bool closegap);
108
static bool has_external_partition(List *rules);
109

110 111 112 113 114 115 116
/*
 * Hash keys are null-terminated C strings assumed to be stably
 * allocated. We accomplish this by allocating them in a context
 * that lives as long as the hash table that contains them.
 */

/* Hash entire string. */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
117 118
static uint32
key_string_hash(const void *key, Size keysize)
119 120 121
{
	Size		s_len = strlen((const char *) key);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
122
	Assert(keysize == sizeof(char *));
123 124 125 126
	return DatumGetUInt32(hash_any((const unsigned char *) key, (int) s_len));
}

/* Compare entire string. */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
127 128
static int
key_string_compare(const void *key1, const void *key2, Size keysize)
129
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
130 131
	Assert(keysize == sizeof(char *));
	return strcmp(((ConstraintEntry *) key1)->key, key2);
132 133 134
}

/* Copy string by copying pointer. */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
135 136
static void *
key_string_copy(void *dest, const void *src, Size keysize)
137
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
138
	Assert(keysize == sizeof(char *));
139

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
140 141
	*((char **) dest) = (char *) src;	/* trust caller re allocation */
	return NULL;				/* not used */
142 143 144 145 146
}

static char parttype_to_char(PartitionByType type);
static void add_partition(Partition *part);
static void add_partition_rule(PartitionRule *rule);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
147
static Oid	get_part_oid(Oid rootrelid, int16 parlevel, bool istemplate);
148
static Datum *magic_expr_to_datum(Relation rel, PartitionNode *partnode,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
149 150
					Node *expr, bool **ppisnull);
static Oid	selectPartitionByRank(PartitionNode *partnode, int rnk);
151
static bool compare_partn_opfuncid(PartitionNode *partnode,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
152 153 154 155 156
					   char *pub, char *compare_op,
					   List *colvals,
					   Datum *values, bool *isnull,
					   TupleDesc tupdesc);
static PartitionNode *selectListPartition(PartitionNode *partnode, Datum *values, bool *isnull,
157 158
					TupleDesc tupdesc, PartitionAccessMethods *accessMethods,
					Oid *foundOid, PartitionRule **prule, Oid exprTypid);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
159
static Oid	get_less_than_oper(Oid lhstypid, Oid rhstypid, bool strictlyless);
160 161 162
static FmgrInfo *get_less_than_comparator(int keyno, PartitionRangeState *rs, Oid ruleTypeOid, Oid exprTypeOid, bool strictlyless, bool is_direct);
static int range_test(Datum tupval, Oid ruleTypeOid, Oid exprTypeOid, PartitionRangeState *rs, int keyno,
		   PartitionRule *rule);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
163
static PartitionNode *selectRangePartition(PartitionNode *partnode, Datum *values, bool *isnull,
164 165
					 TupleDesc tupdesc, PartitionAccessMethods *accessMethods,
					 Oid *foundOid, int *pSearch, PartitionRule **prule, Oid exprTypid);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
166
static Oid selectPartition1(PartitionNode *partnode, Datum *values, bool *isnull,
167 168 169
				 TupleDesc tupdesc, PartitionAccessMethods *accessMethods,
				 int *pSearch,
				 PartitionNode **ppn_out);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179
static int atpxPart_validate_spec(
					   PartitionBy *pBy,
					   Relation rel,
					   CreateStmt *ct,
					   PartitionElem *pelem,
					   PartitionNode *pNode,
					   char *partName,
					   bool isDefault,
					   PartitionByType part_type,
					   char *partDesc);
180 181 182

static void atpxSkipper(PartitionNode *pNode, int *skipped);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
183
static List *build_rename_part_recurse(PartitionRule *rule, const char *old_parentname,
184 185 186
						  const char *new_parentname,
						  int *skipped);
static Oid
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
187
			get_opfuncid_by_opname(List *opname, Oid lhsid, Oid rhsid);
188

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
189
static PgPartRule *get_pprule_from_ATC(Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd);
190

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
191
static List *get_partition_rules(PartitionNode *pn);
192 193

static bool
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
194
			relation_has_supers(Oid relid);
195

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
196
static NewConstraint *constraint_apply_mapped(HeapTuple tuple, AttrMap *map, Relation cand,
197 198
						bool validate, bool is_split, Relation pgcon);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
199
static char *ChooseConstraintNameForPartitionCreate(const char *rname,
200 201 202 203
									   const char *cname,
									   const char *label,
									   List *used_names);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
204
static Bitmapset *get_partition_key_bitmapset(Oid relid);
205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214

static List *get_deparsed_partition_encodings(Oid relid, Oid paroid);
static List *rel_get_leaf_relids_from_rule(Oid ruleOid);

/*
 * Is the given relation the default partition of a partition table.
 */
bool
rel_is_default_partition(Oid relid)
{
215 216 217 218 219 220
	Relation	partrulerel;
	HeapTuple	tuple;
	bool		parisdefault;
	ScanKeyData scankey;
	SysScanDesc sscan;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
221 222 223 224
	/*
	 * Though pg_partition and pg_partition_rule are only populated on the
	 * entry database, we accept calls from QEs running a segment, but return
	 * false.
225
	 */
226
	if (!IS_QUERY_DISPATCHER())
227 228
		return false;

229 230 231 232 233 234 235
	partrulerel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, AccessShareLock);

	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_rule_parchildrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));

	sscan = systable_beginscan(partrulerel, PartitionRuleParchildrelidIndexId, true,
236
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
237
	tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);
238 239 240

	Insist(HeapTupleIsValid(tuple));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
241
	parisdefault = ((Form_pg_partition_rule) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->parisdefault;
242 243 244 245

	systable_endscan(sscan);
	heap_close(partrulerel, AccessShareLock);

246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261
	return parisdefault;
}

/* Is the given relation the top relation of a partitioned table?
 *
 *   exists (select *
 *           from pg_partition
 *           where parrelid = relid)
 *
 * False for interior branches and leaves or when called other
 * then on the entry database, i.e., only meaningful on the
 * entry database.
 */
bool
rel_is_partitioned(Oid relid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
262
	ScanKeyData scankey;
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
263 264 265 266 267
	Relation	rel;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
	bool		result;

	/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
268 269 270
	 * Though pg_partition and pg_partition_rule are only populated on the
	 * entry database, we accept calls from QEs running a segment, but return
	 * false.
271
	 */
272
	if (!IS_QUERY_DISPATCHER())
273 274
		return false;

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
275 276 277 278 279 280
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_parrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));

	rel = heap_open(PartitionRelationId, AccessShareLock);
	sscan = systable_beginscan(rel, PartitionParrelidIndexId, true,
281
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289

	result = (systable_getnext(sscan) != NULL);

	systable_endscan(sscan);

	heap_close(rel, AccessShareLock);

	return result;
290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306
}

/*
 * Return an integer list of the attribute numbers of the partitioning
 * key of the partitioned table identified by the argument or NIL.
 *
 * This is similar to get_partition_attrs but is driven by OID and
 * the partition catalog, not by a PartitionNode.
 *
 * Note: Only returns a non-empty list of keys for partitioned table
 *       as a whole.  Returns empty for non-partitioned tables or for
 *       parts of partitioned tables.  Key attributes are attribute
 *       numbers in the partitioned table.
 */
List *
rel_partition_key_attrs(Oid relid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
307
	Relation	rel;
308 309
	ScanKeyData key;
	SysScanDesc scan;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
310 311
	HeapTuple	tuple;
	List	   *pkeys = NIL;
312

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
313 314 315 316
	/*
	 * Table pg_partition is only populated on the entry database, however, we
	 * disable calls from outside dispatch to foil use of utility mode.  (Full
	 * UCS may may this test obsolete.)
317
	 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
318
	if (Gp_session_role != GP_ROLE_DISPATCH)
319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329
		elog(ERROR, "mode not dispatch");

	rel = heap_open(PartitionRelationId, AccessShareLock);

	ScanKeyInit(&key,
				Anum_pg_partition_parrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));


	scan = systable_beginscan(rel, PartitionParrelidIndexId, true,
330
							  NULL, 1, &key);
331 332 333

	tuple = systable_getnext(scan);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
334
	while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
335
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
336
		Index		i;
337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344
		Form_pg_partition p = (Form_pg_partition) GETSTRUCT(tuple);

		if (p->paristemplate)
		{
			tuple = systable_getnext(scan);
			continue;
		}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
345
		for (i = 0; i < p->parnatts; i++)
346
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
347
			pkeys = lappend_int(pkeys, (Oid) p->paratts.values[i]);
348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372
		}

		tuple = systable_getnext(scan);
	}

	systable_endscan(scan);
	heap_close(rel, AccessShareLock);

	return pkeys;
}

/*
 * Return a list of lists representing the partitioning keys of the partitioned
 * table identified by the argument or NIL. The keys are in the order of
 * partitioning levels. Each of the lists inside the main list correspond to one
 * level, and may have one or more attribute numbers depending on whether the
 * part key for that level is composite or not.
 *
 * Note: Only returns a non-empty list of keys for partitioned table
 *       as a whole.  Returns empty for non-partitioned tables or for
 *       parts of partitioned tables.  Key attributes are attribute
 *       numbers in the partitioned table.
 */
List *
rel_partition_keys_ordered(Oid relid)
373
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
374 375
	List	   *pkeys = NIL;

376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386
	rel_partition_keys_kinds_ordered(relid, &pkeys, NULL);
	return pkeys;
}

/*
 * Output a list of lists representing the partitioning keys and a list representing
 * the partitioning kinds of the partitioned table identified by the relid or NIL.
 * The keys and kinds are in the order of partitioning levels.
 */
void
rel_partition_keys_kinds_ordered(Oid relid, List **pkeys, List **pkinds)
387
{
388 389 390
	Relation	partrel;
	ScanKeyData scankey;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
391 392 393 394 395
	List	   *levels = NIL;
	List	   *keysUnordered = NIL;
	List	   *kindsUnordered = NIL;
	int			nlevels = 0;
	HeapTuple	tuple = NULL;
396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404

	partrel = heap_open(PartitionRelationId, AccessShareLock);

	/* SELECT * FROM pg_partition WHERE parrelid = :1 */
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_parrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));

	sscan = systable_beginscan(partrel, PartitionParrelidIndexId, true,
405
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
406
	while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(sscan)))
407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414
	{
		Form_pg_partition p = (Form_pg_partition) GETSTRUCT(tuple);

		if (p->paristemplate)
		{
			continue;
		}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
415 416 417
		List	   *levelkeys = NIL;

		for (int i = 0; i < p->parnatts; i++)
418
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
419
			levelkeys = lappend_int(levelkeys, (Oid) p->paratts.values[i]);
420 421 422 423
		}

		nlevels++;
		levels = lappend_int(levels, p->parlevel);
424 425 426 427 428 429

		if (pkeys != NULL)
			keysUnordered = lappend(keysUnordered, levelkeys);

		if (pkinds != NULL)
			kindsUnordered = lappend_int(kindsUnordered, p->parkind);
430
	}
431 432
	systable_endscan(sscan);
	heap_close(partrel, AccessShareLock);
433 434 435 436

	if (1 == nlevels)
	{
		list_free(levels);
437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444

		if (pkeys != NULL)
			*pkeys = keysUnordered;

		if (pkinds != NULL)
			*pkinds = kindsUnordered;

		return;
445 446
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
447 448
	/* now order the keys and kinds by level */
	for (int i = 0; i < nlevels; i++)
449
	{
450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459
		ListCell   *cell;
		int			pos = 0;

		/* Find i's position in the 'levels' list. */
		foreach(cell, levels)
		{
			if (lfirst_int(cell) == i)
				break;
			++pos;
		}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
460
		Assert(cell != NULL);
461

462 463 464 465 466
		if (pkeys != NULL)
			*pkeys = lappend(*pkeys, list_nth(keysUnordered, pos));

		if (pkinds != NULL)
			*pkinds = lappend_int(*pkinds, list_nth_int(kindsUnordered, pos));
467 468 469
	}
	list_free(levels);
	list_free(keysUnordered);
470
	list_free(kindsUnordered);
471
}
472

473
 /*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
474 475 476 477
  * Does relation have a external partition? Returns true only when the input
  * is the root partition of a partitioned table and it has external
  * partitions.
  */
478 479 480
bool
rel_has_external_partition(Oid relid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
481
	PartitionNode *n = get_parts(relid, 0 /* level */ ,
482
								 0 /* parent */ , false /* inctemplate */ , true /* includesubparts */ );
483 484 485 486

	if (n == NULL || n->rules == NULL)
		return false;

487
	return has_external_partition(n->rules);
488 489
}

490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497
/*
 * Does relation have an appendonly partition?
 * Returns true only when the input is the root partition
 * of a partitioned table and it has appendonly partitions.
 */
bool
rel_has_appendonly_partition(Oid relid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
498
	ListCell   *lc = NULL;
499
	List	   *leaf_oid_list = NIL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
500 501
	PartitionNode *n = get_parts(relid, 0 /* level */ ,
								 0 /* parent */ , false /* inctemplate */ , true /* includesubparts */ );
502 503 504 505

	if (n == NULL || n->rules == NULL)
		return false;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
506
	leaf_oid_list = all_leaf_partition_relids(n);	/* all leaves */
507 508 509

	foreach(lc, leaf_oid_list)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
510 511
		Relation	rel = heap_open(lfirst_oid(lc), NoLock);

512
		if (RelationIsAppendOptimized(rel))
513
		{
514
			heap_close(rel, NoLock);
515 516
			return true;
		}
517
		heap_close(rel, NoLock);
518 519 520 521 522
	}

	return false;
}

523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536
/*
 * Is relid a child in a partitioning hierarchy?
 *
 *    exists (select *
 *            from pg_partition_rule
 *            where parchildrelid = relid)
 *
 * False for the partitioned table as a whole or when called
 * other then on the entry database, i.e., only meaningful on
 * the entry database.
 */
bool
rel_is_child_partition(Oid relid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
537
	ScanKeyData scankey;
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
538 539 540 541
	Relation	rel;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
	bool		result;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
542 543
	/*
	 * Though pg_partition and  pg_partition_rule are populated only on the
544
	 * entry database, are some unguarded calles that may come from segments,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
545 546
	 * so we return false, even though we don't actually know.
	 */
547
	if (!IS_QUERY_DISPATCHER())
548 549
		return false;

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
550 551 552 553 554 555
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_rule_parchildrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));

	rel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, AccessShareLock);
	sscan = systable_beginscan(rel, PartitionRuleParchildrelidIndexId, true,
556
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564

	result = (systable_getnext(sscan) != NULL);

	systable_endscan(sscan);

	heap_close(rel, AccessShareLock);

	return result;
565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579
}

/*
 * Is relid a leaf node of a partitioning hierarchy? If no, it does not follow
 * that it is the root.
 *
 * To determine if it is a leaf or not, we need to find the depth of our
 * partition and compare this to the maximum depth of the partition set itself.
 * If they're equal, we have a leaf, otherwise, something else.
 *
 * Call only on entry database.
 */
bool
rel_is_leaf_partition(Oid relid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
580 581 582 583
	HeapTuple	tuple;
	Oid			paroid = InvalidOid;
	int			maxdepth = 0;
	int			mylevel = 0;
584 585 586 587
	Relation	partrulerel;
	Relation	partrel;
	ScanKeyData scankey;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
588 589 590
	Oid			partitioned_rel = InvalidOid;	/* OID of the root table of
												 * the partition set */

591
	/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
592 593
	 * Find the pg_partition_rule entry to see if this is a child at all and,
	 * if so, to locate the OID for the pg_partition entry.
594 595
	 *
	 * SELECT paroid FROM pg_partition_rule WHERE parchildrelid = :1
596
	 */
597 598 599 600 601 602
	partrulerel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, AccessShareLock);

	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_rule_parchildrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
	sscan = systable_beginscan(partrulerel, PartitionRuleParchildrelidIndexId, true,
603
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614
	tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);

	if (tuple)
		paroid = ((Form_pg_partition_rule) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->paroid;
	else
		paroid = InvalidOid;

	systable_endscan(sscan);
	heap_close(partrulerel, AccessShareLock);

	if (!OidIsValid(paroid))
615 616
		return false;

617
	tuple = SearchSysCache1(PARTOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(paroid));
618 619 620

	Insist(HeapTupleIsValid(tuple));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
621 622
	mylevel = ((Form_pg_partition) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->parlevel;
	partitioned_rel = ((Form_pg_partition) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->parrelid;
623
	ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
624

625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632

	/* SELECT * FROM pg_partition WHERE parrelid = :1 */
	partrel = heap_open(PartitionRelationId, AccessShareLock);

	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_parrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(partitioned_rel));
	sscan = systable_beginscan(partrel, PartitionParrelidIndexId, true,
633
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
634 635

	/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
636 637
	 * Of course, we could just maxdepth++ but this seems safer -- we don't
	 * have to worry about the starting depth being 0, 1 or something else.
638
	 */
639
	while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(sscan)))
640 641
	{
		/* not interested in templates */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
642
		if (((Form_pg_partition) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->paristemplate == false)
643
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
644 645
			int			depth = ((Form_pg_partition) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->parlevel;

646 647 648 649
			maxdepth = Max(maxdepth, depth);
		}
	}

650 651
	systable_endscan(sscan);
	heap_close(partrel, AccessShareLock);
652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661

	return maxdepth == mylevel;
}

/* Determine the status of the given table with respect to partitioning.
 *
 * Uses lower level routines. Returns PART_STATUS_NONE for a non-partitioned
 * table or when called other then on the entry database, i.e., only meaningful
 * on  the entry database.
 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
662 663
PartStatus
rel_part_status(Oid relid)
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671
{
	if (Gp_role != GP_ROLE_DISPATCH)
	{
		ereport(DEBUG1,
				(errmsg("requesting part status outside dispatch - returning none")));
		return PART_STATUS_NONE;
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
672
	if (rel_is_partitioned(relid))
673
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
674
		Assert(!rel_is_child_partition(relid) && !rel_is_leaf_partition(relid));
675 676
		return PART_STATUS_ROOT;
	}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
677
	else						/* not an actual partitioned table root */
678
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
679
		if (rel_is_child_partition(relid))
680
			return rel_is_leaf_partition(relid) ? PART_STATUS_LEAF : PART_STATUS_INTERIOR;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
681 682
		else					/* not a part of a partitioned table */
			Assert(!rel_is_child_partition(relid));
683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693
	}
	return PART_STATUS_NONE;
}

/*
 * Insert the given tuple in the list of tuples according to
 * increasing OID value.
 */
static List *
sorted_insert_list(List *list, HeapTuple tuple)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
694 695 696 697 698
	ListCell   *lc;
	ListCell   *lc_prev = NULL;
	HeapTuple	list_tup;
	List	   *ret_list = list;

699 700 701 702 703 704
	foreach(lc, ret_list)
	{
		list_tup = lfirst(lc);
		if (HeapTupleGetOid(list_tup) >
			HeapTupleGetOid(tuple))
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
705
			break;
706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741
		}
		lc_prev = lc;
	}
	if (lc_prev == NULL)
	{
		ret_list = lcons(tuple, ret_list);
	}
	else
	{
		lappend_cell(ret_list, lc_prev, tuple);
	}
	return ret_list;
}

/* Locate all the constraints on the given open relation (rel) and
 * record them in the hash table (hash_tbl) of ConstraintEntry
 * structs.
 *
 * Depending on the value of xrole, the given relation must be either
 * the root, an existing part, or an exchange candidate for the same
 * partitioned table.  A copy of each constraint tuple found is
 * appended to the corresponding field of the hash entry.
 *
 * The key  of the hash table is a string representing the constraint
 * in SQL. This should be comparable across parts of a partitioning
 * hierarchy regardless of the history (hole pattern) or storage type
 * of the table.
 *
 * Note that pgcon (the ConstraintRelationId appropriately locked)
 * is supplied externally for efficiency.  No other relation should
 * be supplied via this argument.
 *
 * Memory allocated in here (strings, tuples, lists, list cells, etc)
 * is all associated with the hash table and is allocated in the given
 * memory context, so it will be easy to free in bulk.
 */
742
static void
743 744 745 746 747 748 749
record_constraints(Relation pgcon,
				   MemoryContext context,
				   HTAB *hash_tbl,
				   Relation rel,
				   PartExchangeRole xrole)
{
	HeapTuple	tuple;
750
	Relation	conRel;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
751 752
	Oid			conid;
	char	   *condef;
753
	ConstraintEntry *entry;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
754
	bool		found;
755
	MemoryContext oldcontext;
756 757 758 759
	ScanKeyData scankey;
	SysScanDesc sscan;

	conRel = heap_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);
760

761 762 763 764
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
	sscan = systable_beginscan(conRel, ConstraintRelidIndexId, true,
765
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
766 767

	/* For each constraint on rel: */
768
	while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(sscan)))
769 770 771 772 773 774
	{
		oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(context);

		conid = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);

		condef = pg_get_constraintexpr_string(conid);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
775 776 777 778
		entry = (ConstraintEntry *) hash_search(hash_tbl,
												(void *) condef,
												HASH_ENTER,
												&found);
779

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
780 781 782
		/*
		 * A tuple isn't a Node, but we'll stick it in a List anyway, and just
		 * be careful.
783
		 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
784
		if (!found)
785 786 787 788 789 790 791
		{
			entry->key = condef;
			entry->table_cons = NIL;
			entry->part_cons = NIL;
			entry->cand_cons = NIL;
		}
		tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
792
		switch (xrole)
793 794 795
		{
			case PART_TABLE:
				entry->table_cons = sorted_insert_list(
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
796
													   entry->table_cons, tuple);
797 798 799
				break;
			case PART_PART:
				entry->part_cons = sorted_insert_list(
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
800
													  entry->part_cons, tuple);
801 802 803
				break;
			case PART_CAND:
				entry->cand_cons = sorted_insert_list(
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
804
													  entry->cand_cons, tuple);
805 806 807 808 809 810 811
				break;
			default:
				Assert(FALSE);
		}

		MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
	}
812 813
	systable_endscan(sscan);
	heap_close(conRel, AccessShareLock);
814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827
}

/* Subroutine of ATPExecPartExchange used to swap constraints on existing
 * part and candidate part.  Note that this runs on both the QD and QEs
 * so must not assume availability of partition catalogs.
 *
 * table -- open relation of the parent partitioned table
 * part -- open relation of existing part to exchange
 * cand -- open relation of the candidate part
 * validate -- whether to collect constraints into a result list for
 *             enforcement during phase 3 (WITH/WITHOUT VALIDATION).
 */
List *
cdb_exchange_part_constraints(Relation table,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
828 829 830 831 832
							  Relation part,
							  Relation cand,
							  bool validate,
							  bool is_split,
							  AlterPartitionCmd *pc)
833
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
834 835
	HTAB	   *hash_tbl;
	HASHCTL		hash_ctl;
836
	HASH_SEQ_STATUS hash_seq;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
837
	Relation	pgcon;
838 839 840
	MemoryContext context;
	MemoryContext oldcontext;
	ConstraintEntry *entry;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
841 842
	AttrMap    *p2t = NULL;
	AttrMap    *c2t = NULL;
843

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
844
	HeapTuple	tuple;
845 846
	Form_pg_constraint con;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
847 848 849 850 851
	List	   *excess_constraints = NIL;
	List	   *missing_constraints = NIL;
	List	   *missing_part_constraints = NIL;
	List	   *validation_list = NIL;
	int			delta_checks = 0;
852 853


D
Daniel Gustafsson 已提交
854
	/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
855 856
	 * Setup an empty hash table mapping constraint definition strings to
	 * ConstraintEntry structures.
857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864
	 */
	context = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
									"Constraint Exchange Context",
									MIN_XCHG_CONTEXT_SIZE,
									INIT_XCHG_BLOCK_SIZE,
									MAX_XCHG_BLOCK_SIZE);

	memset(&hash_ctl, 0, sizeof(hash_ctl));
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
865
	hash_ctl.keysize = sizeof(char *);
866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880
	hash_ctl.entrysize = sizeof(ConstraintEntry);
	hash_ctl.hash = key_string_hash;
	hash_ctl.match = key_string_compare;
	hash_ctl.keycopy = key_string_copy;
	hash_ctl.hcxt = context;
	hash_tbl = hash_create("Constraint Exchange Map",
						   DEFAULT_CONSTRAINT_ESTIMATE,
						   &hash_ctl,
						   HASH_ELEM | HASH_FUNCTION |
						   HASH_COMPARE | HASH_KEYCOPY |
						   HASH_CONTEXT);

	/* Open pg_constraint here for use in the subroutine and below. */
	pgcon = heap_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
881 882 883
	/*
	 * We need attribute numbers normalized to the partitioned table. Note
	 * that these maps are inverse to the usual table-to-part maps.
884
	 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
885
	oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(context);
886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895
	map_part_attrs(part, table, &p2t, TRUE);
	map_part_attrs(cand, table, &c2t, TRUE);
	MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);

	/* Find and record constraints on the players. */
	record_constraints(pgcon, context, hash_tbl, table, PART_TABLE);
	record_constraints(pgcon, context, hash_tbl, part, PART_PART);
	record_constraints(pgcon, context, hash_tbl, cand, PART_CAND);
	hash_freeze(hash_tbl);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
896 897
	/*
	 * Each entry in the hash table represents a single logically equivalent
898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906
	 * constraint which may appear zero or more times (under different names)
	 * on each of the three involved relations.  By construction, it will
	 * appear on at least one list.
	 *
	 * For each hash table entry:
	 */
	hash_seq_init(&hash_seq, hash_tbl);
	while ((entry = hash_seq_search(&hash_seq)))
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
907
		if (list_length(entry->table_cons) > 0)
908
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
909 910
			/*
			 * REGULAR CONSTRAINT
911
			 *
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
912 913
			 * Constraints on the whole partitioned table are regular (in the
			 * sense that they do not enforce partitioning rules and
914 915 916
			 * corresponding constraints must occur on every part).
			 */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
917 918
			List	   *missing = NIL;
			List	   *extra = NIL;
919

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
920
			if (list_length(entry->part_cons) == 0)
921
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
922 923
				/*
				 * The regular constraint is missing from the existing part,
924
				 * so there is a database anomaly.  Warn rather than issuing
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
925 926
				 * an error, because this may be an attempt to use EXCHANGE to
				 * correct the problem.  There may be multiple constraints
927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934
				 * with different names, but report only the first name since
				 * the constraint expression itself is all that matters.
				 */
				tuple = linitial(entry->table_cons);
				con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);

				ereport(WARNING,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_WARNING),
935
						 errmsg("ignoring inconsistency: \"%s\" has no constraint corresponding to \"%s\" on \"%s\"",
936 937 938 939 940
								RelationGetRelationName(part),
								NameStr(con->conname),
								RelationGetRelationName(table))));
			}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948
			/*
			 * The regular constraint should ultimately appear on the
			 * candidate part the same number of times and with the same name
			 * as it appears on the partitioned table. The call to
			 * constraint_diff will find matching names and we'll be left with
			 * occurrences of the constraint that must be added to the
			 * candidate (missing) and occurrences that must be dropped from
			 * the candidate (extra).
949 950 951 952 953
			 */
			constraint_diffs(entry->table_cons, entry->cand_cons, true, &missing, &extra);
			missing_constraints = list_concat(missing_constraints, missing);
			excess_constraints = list_concat(excess_constraints, extra);
		}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
954
		else if (list_length(entry->part_cons) > 0) /* and none on whole */
955
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
956 957
			/*
			 * PARTITION CONSTRAINT
958
			 *
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
959 960 961 962 963 964
			 * Constraints on the part and not the whole must guard a
			 * partition rule, so they must be CHECK constraints on
			 * partitioning columns. They are managed internally, so there
			 * must be only one of them. (Though a part will have a partition
			 * constraint for each partition level, a given constraint should
			 * appear only once per part.)
965 966 967 968 969 970
			 *
			 * They should either already occur on the candidate or be added.
			 * Partition constraint names are not carefully managed so they
			 * shouldn't be regarded as meaningful.
			 *
			 * Since we use the partition constraint of the part to check or
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
971 972
			 * construct the partition constraint of the candidate, we insist
			 * it is in good working order, and issue an error, if not.
973
			 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
974
			int			n = list_length(entry->part_cons);
975

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
976
			if (n > 1)
977 978 979 980 981 982
			{
				elog(ERROR,
					 "multiple partition constraints (same key) on \"%s\"",
					 RelationGetRelationName(part));
			}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
983 984
			/*
			 * Get the model partition constraint.
985 986 987 988
			 */
			tuple = linitial(entry->part_cons);
			con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
989 990
			/*
			 * Check it, though this is cursory in that we don't check that
991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002
			 * the right attributes are involved and that the semantics are
			 * right.
			 */
			if (con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
			{
				elog(ERROR,
					 "invalid partition constraint on \"%s\"",
					 RelationGetRelationName(part));
			}

			n = list_length(entry->cand_cons);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1003
			if (n == 0)
1004
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1005 1006
				/*
				 * The partition constraint is missing from the candidate and
1007 1008 1009
				 * must be added.
				 */
				missing_part_constraints = lappend(missing_part_constraints,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1010
												   (HeapTuple) linitial(entry->part_cons));
1011
			}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1012
			else if (n == 1)
1013
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1014 1015
				/*
				 * One instance of the partition constraint exists on the
1016
				 * candidate, so let's not worry about name drift.  All is
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1017 1018
				 * well.
				 */
1019 1020 1021
			}
			else
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1022 1023 1024 1025
				/*
				 * Several instances of the partition constraint exist on the
				 * candidate. If one has a matching name, prefer it. Else,
				 * just chose the first (arbitrary).
1026
				 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1027 1028
				List	   *missing = NIL;
				List	   *extra = NIL;
1029 1030 1031

				constraint_diffs(entry->part_cons, entry->cand_cons, false, &missing, &extra);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1032
				if (list_length(missing) == 0)
1033 1034 1035
				{
					excess_constraints = list_concat(excess_constraints, extra);
				}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1036
				else			/* missing */
1037
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1038 1039
					ListCell   *lc;
					bool		skip = TRUE;
1040 1041 1042

					foreach(lc, entry->cand_cons)
					{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1043 1044 1045
						HeapTuple	tuple = (HeapTuple) lfirst(lc);

						if (skip)
1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056
						{
							skip = FALSE;
						}
						else
						{
							excess_constraints = lappend(excess_constraints, tuple);
						}
					}
				}
			}
		}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1057 1058
		else if (list_length(entry->cand_cons) > 0) /* and none on whole or
													 * part */
1059
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1060 1061
			/*
			 * MAVERICK CONSTRAINT
1062
			 *
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1063 1064
			 * Constraints on only the candidate are extra and must be dropped
			 * before the candidate can replace the part.
1065 1066 1067 1068
			 */
			excess_constraints = list_concat(excess_constraints,
											 entry->cand_cons);
		}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1069 1070
		else					/* Defensive: Can't happen that no constraints
								 * are set. */
1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076
		{
			elog(ERROR, "constraint hash table inconsistent");
		}
	}


A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1077
	if (excess_constraints)
1078
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1079 1080 1081 1082 1083
		/*
		 * Disallow excess constraints.  We could drop them automatically, but
		 * they may carry semantic information about the candidate that is
		 * important to the user, so make the user decide whether to drop
		 * them.
1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089
		 */
		ereport(ERROR,
				(errcode(ERRCODE_INTEGRITY_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION),
				 errmsg("invalid constraint(s) found on \"%s\": %s",
						RelationGetRelationName(cand),
						constraint_names(excess_constraints)),
1090
				 errhint("Drop the invalid constraints and retry.")));
1091 1092
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1093
	if (missing_part_constraints)
1094
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1095
		ListCell   *lc;
1096 1097 1098

		foreach(lc, missing_part_constraints)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1099 1100 1101 1102 1103
			HeapTuple	missing_part_constraint = (HeapTuple) lfirst(lc);

			/*
			 * We need a constraint like the missing one for the part, but
			 * translated for the candidate.
1104
			 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1105
			AttrMap    *map;
1106
			struct NewConstraint *nc;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1107
			Form_pg_constraint mcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(missing_part_constraint);
1108

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1109 1110
			if (mcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
				elog(ERROR, "Invalid partition constration, not CHECK type");
1111 1112 1113 1114

			map_part_attrs(part, cand, &map, TRUE);
			nc = constraint_apply_mapped(missing_part_constraint, map, cand,
										 validate, is_split, pgcon);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1115
			if (nc)
1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121
				validation_list = lappend(validation_list, nc);

			delta_checks++;
		}
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1122
	if (missing_constraints)
1123
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1124 1125
		/*
		 * We need constraints like the missing ones for the whole, but
1126 1127
		 * translated for the candidate.
		 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1128
		AttrMap    *map;
1129
		struct NewConstraint *nc;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1130
		ListCell   *lc;
1131 1132 1133 1134

		map_part_attrs(table, cand, &map, TRUE);
		foreach(lc, missing_constraints)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1135 1136
			HeapTuple	tuple = (HeapTuple) lfirst(lc);
			Form_pg_constraint mcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
1137

1138 1139
			nc = constraint_apply_mapped(tuple, map, cand,
										 validate, is_split, pgcon);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1140
			if (nc)
1141 1142
				validation_list = lappend(validation_list, nc);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1143
			if (mcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
1144 1145 1146 1147
				delta_checks++;
		}
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1148
	if (delta_checks)
1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167
	{
		SetRelationNumChecks(cand, cand->rd_rel->relchecks + delta_checks);
	}

	hash_destroy(hash_tbl);
	MemoryContextDelete(context);
	heap_close(pgcon, AccessShareLock);

	return validation_list;
}

/*
 * Return a string of comma-delimited names of the constraints in the
 * argument list of pg_constraint tuples.  This is primarily for use
 * in messages.
 */
static char *
constraint_names(List *cons)
{
1168
	ListCell   *lc;
1169
	StringInfoData str;
1170
	char	   *p;
1171 1172 1173

	initStringInfo(&str);

1174
	p = "";
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1175
	foreach(lc, cons)
1176
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1177
		HeapTuple	tuple = lfirst(lc);
1178 1179
		Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);

1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211
		appendStringInfo(&str, "%s\"%s\"", p, NameStr(con->conname));
		p = ", ";
	}

	return str.data;
}


/*
 * Identify constraints in the first list that don't correspond to
 * constraints in the second (missing) and vice versa (extra). Assume
 * that the constraints all match semantically, i.e, their expressions
 * are equivalent. (There are no checks for this.) Also assume there
 * are no duplicate constraint names in either argument list. (This
 * isn't checked, but is asserted.
 *
 * There are two checking modes.  One matches by name, one prefers
 * matching names, but accepts mismatches based on the assumed
 * semantic equivlence.
 *
 * Matching by name (which applies to regular constraints on the whole
 * table) may have missing and/or extra constraints.
 *
 * Matching by expression (which applies to partition constraints)
 * can yield only one or the other of extra or missing constraints.
 * The cleverness is that we match by name to avoid choosing as the
 * missing or extra constraints ones that match by name with items in
 * the other list.
 */
static void
constraint_diffs(List *cons_a, List *cons_b, bool match_names, List **missing, List **extra)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218
	ListCell   *cell_a,
			   *cell_b;
	Index		pos_a,
				pos_b;
	int		   *match_a,
			   *match_b;
	int			n;
1219

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1220 1221
	int			len_a = list_length(cons_a);
	int			len_b = list_length(cons_b);
1222 1223 1224 1225

	Assert(missing != NULL);
	Assert(extra != NULL);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1226
	if (len_a == 0)
1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232
	{
		*extra = list_copy(cons_b);
		*missing = NIL;
		return;
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1233
	if (len_b == 0)
1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239
	{
		*extra = NIL;
		*missing = list_copy(cons_a);
		return;
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1240 1241
	match_a = (int *) palloc(len_a * sizeof(int));
	for (pos_a = 0; pos_a < len_a; pos_a++)
1242 1243
		match_a[pos_a] = -1;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1244 1245
	match_b = (int *) palloc(len_b * sizeof(int));
	for (pos_b = 0; pos_b < len_b; pos_b++)
1246 1247 1248
		match_b[pos_b] = -1;

	pos_b = 0;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1249
	foreach(cell_b, cons_b)
1250
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1251
		HeapTuple	tuple_b = (HeapTuple) lfirst(cell_b);
1252 1253 1254 1255
		Form_pg_constraint b = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple_b);


		pos_a = 0;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1256
		foreach(cell_a, cons_a)
1257
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1258
			HeapTuple	tuple_a = lfirst(cell_a);
1259 1260
			Form_pg_constraint a = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple_a);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1261
			if (strncmp(NameStr(a->conname), NameStr(b->conname), NAMEDATALEN) == 0)
1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278
			{
				/* No duplicate names on either list. */
				Assert(match_a[pos_a] == -1 && match_b[pos_b] == -1);

				match_b[pos_b] = pos_a;
				match_a[pos_a] = pos_b;
				break;
			}
			pos_a++;
		}
		pos_b++;
	}

	*missing = NIL;
	*extra = NIL;

	n = len_a - len_b;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1279
	if (n > 0 || match_names)
1280 1281
	{
		pos_a = 0;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1282
		foreach(cell_a, cons_a)
1283
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1284
			if (match_a[pos_a] == -1)
1285 1286 1287
				*missing = lappend(*missing, lfirst(cell_a));
			pos_a++;
			n--;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1288
			if (n <= 0 && !match_names)
1289 1290 1291 1292 1293
				break;
		}
	}

	n = len_b - len_a;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1294
	if (n > 0 || match_names)
1295 1296
	{
		pos_b = 0;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1297
		foreach(cell_b, cons_b)
1298
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1299
			if (match_b[pos_b] == -1)
1300 1301 1302
				*extra = lappend(*extra, lfirst(cell_b));
			pos_b++;
			n--;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1303
			if (n <= 0 && !match_names)
1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313
				break;
		}
	}

	pfree(match_a);
	pfree(match_b);
}

/*
 * Translate internal representation to catalog partition type indication
1314
 * ('r' or 'l').
1315 1316 1317 1318
 */
static char
parttype_to_char(PartitionByType type)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1319
	char		c;
1320 1321 1322

	switch (type)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328
		case PARTTYP_RANGE:
			c = 'r';
			break;
		case PARTTYP_LIST:
			c = 'l';
			break;
1329
		default:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1330
			c = 0;				/* quieten compiler */
1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337
			elog(ERROR, "unknown partitioning type %i", type);

	}
	return c;
}

/*
1338
 * Translate a catalog partition type indication ('r' or 'l') to the
1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345
 * internal representation.
 */
PartitionByType
char_to_parttype(char c)
{
	PartitionByType pt = PARTTYP_RANGE; /* just to shut GCC up */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1346
	switch (c)
1347
	{
1348
		case 'r':
1349 1350
			pt = PARTTYP_RANGE;
			break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1351
		case 'l':				/* list */
1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358
			pt = PARTTYP_LIST;
			break;
		default:
			elog(ERROR, "unrecognized partitioning kind '%c'",
				 c);
			Assert(false);
			break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1359
	}							/* end switch */
1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369

	return pt;
}

/*
 * Add metadata for a partition level.
 */
static void
add_partition(Partition *part)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375
	Datum		values[Natts_pg_partition];
	bool		isnull[Natts_pg_partition];
	Relation	partrel;
	HeapTuple	tup;
	oidvector  *opclass;
	int2vector *attnums;
1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382

	MemSet(isnull, 0, sizeof(bool) * Natts_pg_partition);

	values[Anum_pg_partition_parrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(part->parrelid);
	values[Anum_pg_partition_parkind - 1] = CharGetDatum(part->parkind);
	values[Anum_pg_partition_parlevel - 1] = Int16GetDatum(part->parlevel);
	values[Anum_pg_partition_paristemplate - 1] =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1383
		BoolGetDatum(part->paristemplate);
1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393
	values[Anum_pg_partition_parnatts - 1] = Int16GetDatum(part->parnatts);

	attnums = buildint2vector(part->paratts, part->parnatts);
	values[Anum_pg_partition_paratts - 1] = PointerGetDatum(attnums);

	opclass = buildoidvector(part->parclass, part->parnatts);
	values[Anum_pg_partition_parclass - 1] = PointerGetDatum(opclass);

	partrel = heap_open(PartitionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1394
	tup = heap_form_tuple(RelationGetDescr(partrel), values, isnull);
1395 1396

	/* Insert tuple into the relation */
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1397 1398
	part->partid = simple_heap_insert(partrel, tup);
	CatalogUpdateIndexes(partrel, tup);
1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409

	heap_close(partrel, NoLock);
}

/*
 * Add a partition rule. A partition rule represents a discrete partition
 * child.
 */
static void
add_partition_rule(PartitionRule *rule)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1410 1411 1412 1413 1414
	Datum		values[Natts_pg_partition_rule];
	bool		isnull[Natts_pg_partition_rule];
	Relation	rulerel;
	HeapTuple	tup;
	NameData	name;
1415 1416 1417 1418 1419

	MemSet(isnull, 0, sizeof(bool) * Natts_pg_partition_rule);

	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_paroid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(rule->paroid);
	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parchildrelid - 1] =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1420
		ObjectIdGetDatum(rule->parchildrelid);
1421
	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parparentrule - 1] =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1422
		ObjectIdGetDatum(rule->parparentoid);
1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428

	name.data[0] = '\0';
	namestrcpy(&name, rule->parname);
	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parname - 1] = NameGetDatum(&name);

	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parisdefault - 1] =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1429
		BoolGetDatum(rule->parisdefault);
1430
	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parruleord - 1] =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1431
		Int16GetDatum(rule->parruleord);
1432
	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parrangestartincl - 1] =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1433
		BoolGetDatum(rule->parrangestartincl);
1434
	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parrangeendincl - 1] =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1435
		BoolGetDatum(rule->parrangeendincl);
1436 1437

	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parrangestart - 1] =
1438
		CStringGetTextDatum(nodeToString(rule->parrangestart));
1439
	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parrangeend - 1] =
1440
			CStringGetTextDatum(nodeToString(rule->parrangeend));
1441
	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parrangeevery - 1] =
1442
			CStringGetTextDatum(nodeToString(rule->parrangeevery));
1443
	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parlistvalues - 1] =
1444
			CStringGetTextDatum(nodeToString(rule->parlistvalues));
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1445

1446 1447
	if (rule->parreloptions)
		values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parreloptions - 1] =
1448
			transformRelOptions((Datum) 0, rule->parreloptions, NULL, NULL, true, false);
1449 1450 1451
	else
		isnull[Anum_pg_partition_rule_parreloptions - 1] = true;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1452 1453
	values[Anum_pg_partition_rule_partemplatespace - 1] =
		ObjectIdGetDatum(rule->partemplatespaceId);
1454 1455 1456

	rulerel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1457
	tup = heap_form_tuple(RelationGetDescr(rulerel), values, isnull);
1458 1459

	/* Insert tuple into the relation */
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1460 1461
	rule->parruleid = simple_heap_insert(rulerel, tup);
	CatalogUpdateIndexes(rulerel, tup);
1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471

	heap_close(rulerel, NoLock);
}

/*
 * Oid of the row of pg_partition corresponding to the given relation and level.
 */
static Oid
get_part_oid(Oid rootrelid, int16 parlevel, bool istemplate)
{
1472 1473 1474 1475 1476
	Relation	partrel;
	ScanKeyData scankey[3];
	SysScanDesc sscan;
	HeapTuple	tuple;
	Oid			paroid;
1477

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1478 1479 1480
	/*
	 * select oid from pg_partition where parrelid = :rootrelid and parlevel =
	 * :parlevel and paristemplate = :istemplate;
1481 1482
	 */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1483 1484 1485 1486
	/*
	 * pg_partition and  pg_partition_rule are populated only on the entry
	 * database, so our result is only meaningful there.
	 */
1487
	Insist(IS_QUERY_DISPATCHER());
1488

1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512
	partrel = heap_open(PartitionRelationId, AccessShareLock);
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[0], Anum_pg_partition_parrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(rootrelid));
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[1], Anum_pg_partition_parlevel,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT2EQ,
				Int16GetDatum(parlevel));
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[2], Anum_pg_partition_paristemplate,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_BOOLEQ,
				BoolGetDatum(istemplate));

	/* XXX XXX: SnapshotSelf */
	sscan = systable_beginscan(partrel, PartitionParrelidParlevelParistemplateIndexId, true,
							   SnapshotSelf, 3, scankey);

	tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);

	if (tuple)
		paroid = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
	else
		paroid = InvalidOid;

	systable_endscan(sscan);
	heap_close(partrel, NoLock);
1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522

	return paroid;
}

/*
 * delete the template for a partition
 */
int
del_part_template(Oid rootrelid, int16 parlevel, Oid parent)
{
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1523 1524 1525
	bool		istemplate = true;
	Oid			paroid = InvalidOid;
	ItemPointerData tid;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1526
	ScanKeyData scankey[3];
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1527 1528 1529 1530
	Relation	part_rel;
	Relation	part_rule_rel;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
	HeapTuple	tuple;
1531

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1532
	part_rel = heap_open(PartitionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
1533

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[0], Anum_pg_partition_parrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(rootrelid));
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[1], Anum_pg_partition_parlevel,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT2EQ,
				Int16GetDatum(parlevel));
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[2], Anum_pg_partition_paristemplate,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_BOOLEQ,
				BoolGetDatum(istemplate));

	sscan = systable_beginscan(part_rel, PartitionParrelidParlevelParistemplateIndexId, true,
1545
							   NULL, 3, scankey);
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552

	tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);
	if (tuple == NULL)
	{
		/* not found */
		systable_endscan(sscan);
		heap_close(part_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
1553
		return 0;
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1554 1555 1556 1557
	}

	paroid = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
	tid = tuple->t_self;
1558 1559

	/* should only be one matching template per level */
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1560 1561 1562 1563
	if (systable_getnext(sscan))
	{
		systable_endscan(sscan);
		heap_close(part_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
1564
		return 2;
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1565 1566 1567
	}

	simple_heap_delete(part_rel, &tid);
1568

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1569
	systable_endscan(sscan);
1570

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1571
	/* Also delete pg_partition_rule entries */
1572

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581
	part_rule_rel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);

	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[0], Anum_pg_partition_rule_paroid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(paroid));
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[1], Anum_pg_partition_rule_parparentrule,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(parent));
	sscan = systable_beginscan(part_rule_rel, PartitionRuleParoidParparentruleParruleordIndexId, true,
1582
							   NULL, 2, scankey);
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592

	while ((tuple = systable_getnext(sscan)) != NULL)
	{
		simple_heap_delete(part_rule_rel, &tuple->t_self);
	}

	systable_endscan(sscan);

	heap_close(part_rule_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
	heap_close(part_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
1593 1594 1595 1596 1597

	/* make visible */
	CommandCounterIncrement();

	return 1;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1598
}								/* end del_part_template */
1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609


/*
 * add_part_to_catalog() - add a partition to the catalog
 *
 * NOTE: If bTemplate_Only = false, add both actual partitions and the
 * template definitions (if specified).  However, if bTemplate_Only =
 * true, then only treat the partition spec as a template.
 */
void
add_part_to_catalog(Oid relid, PartitionBy *pby,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1610
					bool bTemplate_Only /* = false */ )
1611
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1612 1613
	char		pt = parttype_to_char(pby->partType);
	ListCell   *lc;
1614
	PartitionSpec *spec;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621
	Oid			paroid = InvalidOid;
	Oid			rootrelid = InvalidOid;
	Relation	rel;
	Oid			parttemplid = InvalidOid;
	bool		add_temp = bTemplate_Only;	/* normally false */

	spec = (PartitionSpec *) pby->partSpec;
1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629

	/* only create partition catalog entries on the master */
	if (Gp_role == GP_ROLE_EXECUTE)
		return;

	/*
	 * Get the partitioned table relid.
	 */
R
Richard Guo 已提交
1630
	rootrelid = RangeVarGetRelid(pby->parentRel, NoLock, false);
1631
	paroid = get_part_oid(rootrelid, pby->partDepth,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1632
						  bTemplate_Only /* = false */ );
1633 1634 1635 1636 1637

	/* create a partition for this level, if one doesn't exist */
	if (!OidIsValid(paroid))
	{
		AttrNumber *attnums;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1638 1639 1640
		Oid		   *parclass;
		Partition  *part = makeNode(Partition);
		int			i = 0;
1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646

		part->parrelid = rootrelid;
		part->parkind = pt;
		part->parlevel = pby->partDepth;

		if (pby->partSpec)
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1647
			part->paristemplate = ((PartitionSpec *) pby->partSpec)->istemplate;
1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656
		else
			part->paristemplate = false;

		part->parnatts = list_length(pby->keys);

		attnums = palloc(list_length(pby->keys) * sizeof(AttrNumber));

		foreach(lc, pby->keys)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1657
			int			colnum = lfirst_int(lc);
1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668

			attnums[i++] = colnum;
		}

		part->paratts = attnums;

		parclass = palloc(list_length(pby->keys) * sizeof(Oid));

		i = 0;
		foreach(lc, pby->keyopclass)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1669
			Oid			opclass = lfirst_oid(lc);
1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702

			parclass[i++] = opclass;
		}
		part->parclass = parclass;

		add_partition(part);

		/*
		 * If we added a template, we treat that as a 'virtual' entry and then
		 * add a modifiable entry, which is not a template.
		 */
		if (part->paristemplate)
		{
			add_temp = true;
			parttemplid = part->partid;

			if (spec && spec->enc_clauses)
			{
				add_template_encoding_clauses(relid, parttemplid,
											  spec->enc_clauses);
			}

			/* if only building a template, don't add "real" entries */
			if (!bTemplate_Only)
			{
				part->paristemplate = false;
				add_partition(part);

			}
		}
		paroid = part->partid;
	}
	else
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1703
		/* oid of the template accompanying the real partition */
1704 1705 1706 1707 1708
		parttemplid = get_part_oid(rootrelid, pby->partDepth, true);

	/* create partition rule */
	if (spec)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714
		Node	   *listvalues = NULL;
		Node	   *rangestart = NULL;
		Node	   *rangeend = NULL;
		Node	   *rangeevery = NULL;
		bool		rangestartinc = false;
		bool		rangeendinc = false;
1715
		int16		parruleord = 0;
1716 1717
		PartitionRule *rule = makeNode(PartitionRule);
		PartitionElem *el;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1718 1719
		char	   *parname = NULL;
		Oid			parentoid = InvalidOid;
1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727

		Assert(list_length(spec->partElem) == 1);

		el = linitial(spec->partElem);

		parruleord = el->partno;

		if (el->partName)
1728
			parname = el->partName;
1729 1730 1731 1732

		switch (pby->partType)
		{
			case PARTTYP_LIST:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1733 1734 1735
				{
					PartitionValuesSpec *vspec =
					(PartitionValuesSpec *) el->boundSpec;
1736

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1737 1738 1739 1740
					/* might be NULL if this is a default spec */
					if (vspec)
						listvalues = (Node *) vspec->partValues;
				}
1741 1742 1743
				break;
			case PARTTYP_RANGE:
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749
					PartitionBoundSpec *bspec =
					(PartitionBoundSpec *) el->boundSpec;
					PartitionRangeItem *ri;

					/* remember, could be a default clause */
					if (bspec)
1750
					{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756
						Assert(IsA(bspec, PartitionBoundSpec));
						ri = (PartitionRangeItem *) bspec->partStart;
						if (ri)
						{
							Assert(ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE ||
								   ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_EXCLUSIVE);
1757

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1758 1759 1760
							rangestartinc = ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE;
							rangestart = (Node *) ri->partRangeVal;
						}
1761

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1762 1763 1764 1765 1766
						ri = (PartitionRangeItem *) bspec->partEnd;
						if (ri)
						{
							Assert(ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE ||
								   ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_EXCLUSIVE);
1767

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1768 1769 1770
							rangeendinc = ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE;
							rangeend = (Node *) ri->partRangeVal;
						}
1771

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778
						if (bspec->partEvery)
						{
							ri = (PartitionRangeItem *) bspec->partEvery;
							rangeevery = (Node *) ri->partRangeVal;
						}
						else
							rangeevery = NULL;
1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790
					}
				}
				break;
			default:
				elog(ERROR, "unknown partitioning type %i", pby->partType);
				break;
		}

		/* Find our parent */
		if (!bTemplate_Only && (pby->partDepth > 0))
		{
			Oid			inhoid;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1791
			ScanKeyData scankey;
1792
			SysScanDesc sscan;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1793
			HeapTuple	tuple;
1794 1795 1796

			rel = heap_open(InheritsRelationId, AccessShareLock);

1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806
			/* SELECT inhparent FROM pg_inherits WHERE inhrelid = :1 */
			ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
						BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
						ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
			/* XXX XXX: SnapshotAny */
			sscan = systable_beginscan(rel, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId, true,
									   SnapshotAny, 1, &scankey);
			tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);
			if (!tuple)
				elog(ERROR, "could not find pg_inherits row for rel %u", relid);
1807

1808
			inhoid = ((Form_pg_inherits) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->inhparent;
1809

1810
			systable_endscan(sscan);
1811 1812 1813 1814
			heap_close(rel, NoLock);

			rel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, AccessShareLock);

1815 1816 1817
			ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_rule_parchildrelid,
						BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
						ObjectIdGetDatum(inhoid));
1818

1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825
			/* XXX XXX: SnapshotAny */
			sscan = systable_beginscan(rel, PartitionRuleParchildrelidIndexId, true,
									   SnapshotAny, 1, &scankey);
			tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);
			if (!tuple)
				elog(ERROR, "could not find pg_partition_rule row with parchildrelid %u", relid);
			parentoid = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
1826

1827
			systable_endscan(sscan);
1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835
			heap_close(rel, NoLock);
		}
		else
			add_temp = true;

		/* we still might have to add template rules */
		if (!add_temp && OidIsValid(parttemplid))
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1836
			ScanKeyData scankey[3];
1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843
			SysScanDesc sscan;
			Relation	partrulerel;
			HeapTuple	tuple;

			partrulerel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, AccessShareLock);

			/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1844 1845
			 * SELECT parchildrelid FROM pg_partition_rule WHERE paroid = :1
			 * AND parparentrule = :2 AND parruleord = :3
1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865
			 */
			ScanKeyInit(&scankey[0], Anum_pg_partition_rule_paroid,
						BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
						ObjectIdGetDatum(parttemplid));
			ScanKeyInit(&scankey[1], Anum_pg_partition_rule_parparentrule,
						BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
						ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid));
			ScanKeyInit(&scankey[2], Anum_pg_partition_rule_parruleord,
						BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT2EQ,
						Int16GetDatum(parruleord));
			/* XXX XXX: SnapshotAny */
			sscan = systable_beginscan(partrulerel,
									   PartitionRuleParoidParparentruleParruleordIndexId, true,
									   SnapshotAny, 3, scankey);

			tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);
			if (tuple)
			{
				Assert(((Form_pg_partition_rule) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->parchildrelid == InvalidOid);
			}
1866 1867
			else
				add_temp = true;
1868 1869
			systable_endscan(sscan);
			heap_close(partrulerel, AccessShareLock);
1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882
		}

		rule->paroid = paroid;
		rule->parchildrelid = relid;
		rule->parparentoid = parentoid;
		rule->parisdefault = el->isDefault;
		rule->parname = parname;
		rule->parruleord = parruleord;
		rule->parrangestartincl = rangestartinc;
		rule->parrangestart = rangestart;
		rule->parrangeendincl = rangeendinc;
		rule->parrangeend = rangeend;
		rule->parrangeevery = rangeevery;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1883 1884
		rule->parlistvalues = (List *) listvalues;
		rule->partemplatespaceId = InvalidOid;	/* only valid for template */
1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896

		if (!bTemplate_Only)
			add_partition_rule(rule);

		if (OidIsValid(parttemplid) && add_temp)
		{
			rule->paroid = parttemplid;
			rule->parparentoid = InvalidOid;
			rule->parchildrelid = InvalidOid;

			if (el->storeAttr)
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1897
				if (((AlterPartitionCmd *) el->storeAttr)->arg1)
1898
					rule->parreloptions =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1899 1900
						(List *) ((AlterPartitionCmd *) el->storeAttr)->arg1;
				if (((AlterPartitionCmd *) el->storeAttr)->arg2)
1901 1902 1903 1904
				{
					Oid			tablespaceId;

					tablespaceId =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1905 1906
						get_settable_tablespace_oid(
													strVal(((AlterPartitionCmd *) el->storeAttr)->arg2));
1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920

					/* get_settable_tablespace_oid will error out for us */
					Assert(OidIsValid(tablespaceId));

					/* only valid for template definitions */
					rule->partemplatespaceId = tablespaceId;
				}
			}
			add_partition_rule(rule);
		}
	}

	/* allow subsequent callers to see our work */
	CommandCounterIncrement();
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1921
}								/* end add_part_to_catalog */
1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935

/*
 * parruleord_open_gap
 *
 * iterate over the specified set of range partitions (in *DESCENDING*
 * order) in pg_partition_rule and increment the parruleord in order
 * to open a "gap" for a new partition.  The stopkey is inclusive: to
 * insert a new partition at parruleord=5, set the stopkey to 5.  The
 * current partition at parruleord=5 (and all subsequent partitions)
 * are incremented by 1 to allow the insertion of the new partition.
 *
 * If closegap is set, parruleord values are decremented, to close a
 * gap in parruleord sequence.
 */
1936
static void
1937 1938
parruleord_open_gap(Oid partid, int16 level, Oid parent, int16 ruleord,
					int16 stopkey, bool closegap)
1939
{
1940 1941
	Relation	rel;
	Relation	irel;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1942
	HeapTuple	tuple;
1943
	ScanKeyData scankey[3];
1944
	SysScanDesc sd;
1945

1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952
	/*
	 * Ensure that ruleord argument did not wrap around due to int2
	 * typecast. We check if ruleord is less than 1 to also ensure that 0
	 * (default partition) is not given as an argument.
	 */
	if (ruleord < 1)
		ereport(ERROR,
1953 1954
				(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
				 errmsg("too many partitions, parruleord overflow")));
1955

1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970
	/*---
	 * This is equivalent to:
	 * SELECT * FROM pg_partition_rule
	 * WHERE paroid = :1
	 * AND parparentrule = :2
	 * AND parruleord <= :3
	 * ORDER BY parruleord DESC
	 * FOR UPDATE
	 *
	 * Note that the attribute numbers below are attribute numbers
	 * of the index, rather than the table.
	 *---
	 */
	rel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
	irel = index_open(PartitionRuleParoidParparentruleParruleordIndexId, RowExclusiveLock);
1971

1972
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[0], Anum_pg_partition_rule_paroid,
1973 1974
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(partid));
1975
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[1], Anum_pg_partition_rule_parparentrule,
1976 1977
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(parent));
1978
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[2], Anum_pg_partition_rule_parruleord,
1979 1980
				BTLessEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT2LE,
				Int16GetDatum(ruleord));
1981 1982
	sd = systable_beginscan_ordered(rel, irel, NULL, 3, scankey);
	while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext_ordered(sd, BackwardScanDirection)))
1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990
	{
		Form_pg_partition_rule rule_desc;

		Insist(HeapTupleIsValid(tuple));

		tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);

		rule_desc =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
1991
			(Form_pg_partition_rule) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
1992

1993 1994 1995
		if (rule_desc->parruleord < stopkey)
			break;

1996 1997
		closegap ? rule_desc->parruleord-- : rule_desc->parruleord++;

1998 1999 2000 2001
		simple_heap_update(rel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
		CatalogUpdateIndexes(rel, tuple);

		heap_freetuple(tuple);
2002
	}
2003
	systable_endscan_ordered(sd);
2004 2005
	heap_close(irel, RowExclusiveLock);
	heap_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
2006

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2007
}								/* end parruleord_open_gap */
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

/*
 * Build up a PartitionRule based on a tuple from pg_partition_rule
 * Exported for ruleutils.c
 */
PartitionRule *
2014
ruleMakePartitionRule(HeapTuple tuple)
2015 2016
{
	Form_pg_partition_rule rule_desc =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2017
		(Form_pg_partition_rule)GETSTRUCT(tuple);
2018 2019 2020
	char *rule_str;
	Datum rule_datum;
	bool isnull;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2021

2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031
	PartitionRule *rule;

	rule = makeNode(PartitionRule);

	rule->parruleid = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
	rule->paroid = rule_desc->paroid;
	rule->parchildrelid = rule_desc->parchildrelid;
	rule->parparentoid = rule_desc->parparentrule;
	rule->parisdefault = rule_desc->parisdefault;

2032
	rule->parname = pstrdup(NameStr(rule_desc->parname));
2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038

	rule->parruleord = rule_desc->parruleord;
	rule->parrangestartincl = rule_desc->parrangestartincl;
	rule->parrangeendincl = rule_desc->parrangeendincl;

	/* start range */
2039 2040 2041
	rule_datum = SysCacheGetAttr(PARTRULEOID, tuple,
								 Anum_pg_partition_rule_parrangestart,
								 &isnull);
2042
	Assert(!isnull);
2043
	rule_str = TextDatumGetCString(rule_datum);
2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049

	rule->parrangestart = stringToNode(rule_str);

	pfree(rule_str);

	/* end range */
2050 2051 2052
	rule_datum = SysCacheGetAttr(PARTRULEOID, tuple,
								 Anum_pg_partition_rule_parrangeend,
								 &isnull);
2053
	Assert(!isnull);
2054
	rule_str = TextDatumGetCString(rule_datum);
2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060

	rule->parrangeend = stringToNode(rule_str);

	pfree(rule_str);

	/* every */
2061 2062 2063
	rule_datum = SysCacheGetAttr(PARTRULEOID, tuple,
								 Anum_pg_partition_rule_parrangeevery,
								 &isnull);
2064
	Assert(!isnull);
2065
	rule_str = TextDatumGetCString(rule_datum);
2066 2067 2068 2069

	rule->parrangeevery = stringToNode(rule_str);

	/* list values */
2070 2071 2072
	rule_datum = SysCacheGetAttr(PARTRULEOID, tuple,
								 Anum_pg_partition_rule_parlistvalues,
								 &isnull);
2073
	Assert(!isnull);
2074
	rule_str = TextDatumGetCString(rule_datum);
2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082

	rule->parlistvalues = stringToNode(rule_str);

	pfree(rule_str);

	if (rule->parlistvalues)
		Assert(IsA(rule->parlistvalues, List));

2083 2084 2085
	rule_datum = SysCacheGetAttr(PARTRULEOID, tuple,
								 Anum_pg_partition_rule_parreloptions,
								 &isnull);
2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094

	if (isnull)
		rule->parreloptions = NIL;
	else
	{
		ArrayType  *array = DatumGetArrayTypeP(rule_datum);
		Datum	   *options;
		int			noptions;
		List	   *opts = NIL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2095
		int			i;
2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106

		/* XXX XXX: why not use untransformRelOptions ? */

		Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);

		deconstruct_array(array, TEXTOID, -1, false, 'i',
						  &options, NULL, &noptions);

		/* key/value pairs for storage clause */
		for (i = 0; i < noptions; i++)
		{
2107 2108 2109
			char	   *n = TextDatumGetCString(options[i]);
			Value	   *v = NULL;
			char	   *s;
2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120

			s = strchr(n, '=');

			if (s)
			{
				*s = '\0';
				s++;
				if (*s)
					v = makeString(s);
			}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2121
			opts = lappend(opts, makeDefElem(n, (Node *) v));
2122 2123 2124 2125 2126
		}
		rule->parreloptions = opts;

	}

2127 2128 2129
	rule_datum = SysCacheGetAttr(PARTRULEOID, tuple,
								 Anum_pg_partition_rule_partemplatespace,
								 &isnull);
2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142
	if (isnull)
		rule->partemplatespaceId = InvalidOid;
	else
		rule->partemplatespaceId = DatumGetObjectId(rule_datum);

	return rule;
}

/*
 * Construct a Partition node from a pg_partition tuple and its description.
 * Result is in the given memory context.
 */
Partition *
2143
partMakePartition(HeapTuple tuple)
2144
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2145
	oidvector  *oids;
2146
	int2vector *atts;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2147 2148 2149
	bool		isnull;
	Form_pg_partition partrow = (Form_pg_partition) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
	Partition  *p;
2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159

	p = makeNode(Partition);

	p->partid = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
	p->parrelid = partrow->parrelid;
	p->parkind = partrow->parkind;
	p->parlevel = partrow->parlevel;
	p->paristemplate = partrow->paristemplate;
	p->parnatts = partrow->parnatts;

2160
	atts = (int2vector *) DatumGetPointer(SysCacheGetAttr(PARTOID, tuple,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2161 2162
														  Anum_pg_partition_paratts,
														  &isnull));
2163
	Assert(!isnull);
2164
	oids = (oidvector *) DatumGetPointer(SysCacheGetAttr(PARTOID, tuple,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2165 2166
														 Anum_pg_partition_parclass,
														 &isnull));
2167 2168
	Assert(!isnull);

2169
	p->paratts = palloc(sizeof(int16) * p->parnatts);
2170 2171
	p->parclass = palloc(sizeof(Oid) * p->parnatts);

2172
	memcpy(p->paratts, atts->values, sizeof(int16) * p->parnatts);
2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179
	memcpy(p->parclass, oids->values, sizeof(Oid) * p->parnatts);

	return p;
}

/*
 * Construct a PartitionNode-PartitionRule tree for the given part.
2180
 * Recurs to construct branches.  Note that the PartitionRule (and,
2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191
 * hence, the Oid) of the given part itself is not included in the
 * result.
 *
 *    relid				--	pg_class.oid of the partitioned table
 *    level				--	partitioning level
 *    parent			--	pg_partition_rule.oid of the parent of
 *    inctemplate		--	should the tree include template rules?
 *    mcxt				--	memory context
 *    includesubparts	--	whether or not to include sub partitions
 */
PartitionNode *
2192
get_parts(Oid relid, int16 level, Oid parent, bool inctemplate,
2193
		  bool includesubparts)
2194 2195
{
	PartitionNode *pnode = NULL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2196 2197 2198
	HeapTuple	tuple;
	Relation	rel;
	List	   *rules = NIL;
2199 2200
	ScanKeyData scankey[3];
	SysScanDesc sscan;
2201

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207
	/*
	 * Though pg_partition and  pg_partition_rule are populated only on the
	 * entry database, we accept calls from QEs running on a segment database,
	 * but always return NULL; so our result is only meaningful on the entry
	 * database.
	 */
2208
	if (!IS_QUERY_DISPATCHER())
2209 2210
		return pnode;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2211 2212 2213
	/*
	 * select oid as partid, * from pg_partition where parrelid = :relid and
	 * parlevel = :level and paristemplate = :inctemplate;
2214 2215 2216
	 */
	rel = heap_open(PartitionRelationId, AccessShareLock);

2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[0],
				Anum_pg_partition_parrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[1],
				Anum_pg_partition_parlevel,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT2EQ,
				Int16GetDatum(level));
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey[2],
				Anum_pg_partition_paristemplate,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_BOOLEQ,
				BoolGetDatum(inctemplate));
	sscan = systable_beginscan(rel, PartitionParrelidParlevelParistemplateIndexId, true,
2230
							   NULL, 3, scankey);
2231
	tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);
2232 2233 2234
	if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
	{
		pnode = makeNode(PartitionNode);
2235
		pnode->part = partMakePartition(tuple);
2236 2237
	}

2238
	systable_endscan(sscan);
2239 2240
	heap_close(rel, AccessShareLock);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2241
	if (!pnode)
2242 2243
		return pnode;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2244 2245 2246
	/*
	 * select * from pg_partition_rule where paroid = :pnode->part->partid and
	 * -- pg_partition.oid parparentrule = :parent;
2247 2248 2249 2250 2251
	 */
	rel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, AccessShareLock);

	if (includesubparts)
	{
2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260
		ScanKeyInit(&scankey[0],
					Anum_pg_partition_rule_paroid,
					BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
					ObjectIdGetDatum(pnode->part->partid));
		ScanKeyInit(&scankey[1],
					Anum_pg_partition_rule_parparentrule,
					BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
					ObjectIdGetDatum(parent));
		sscan = systable_beginscan(rel, PartitionRuleParoidParparentruleParruleordIndexId, true,
2261
								   NULL, 2, scankey);
2262 2263 2264
	}
	else
	{
2265 2266 2267 2268 2269
		ScanKeyInit(&scankey[0],
					Anum_pg_partition_rule_paroid,
					BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
					ObjectIdGetDatum(pnode->part->partid));
		sscan = systable_beginscan(rel, PartitionRuleParoidParparentruleParruleordIndexId, true,
2270
								   NULL, 1, scankey);
2271 2272
	}

2273
	while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(sscan)))
2274 2275 2276
	{
		PartitionRule *rule;

2277
		rule = ruleMakePartitionRule(tuple);
2278 2279 2280
		if (includesubparts)
		{
			rule->children = get_parts(relid, level + 1, rule->parruleid,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2281
									   inctemplate, true /* includesubparts */ );
2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290
		}

		if (rule->parisdefault)
			pnode->default_part = rule;
		else
		{
			rules = lappend(rules, rule);
		}
	}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296

	/*
	 * NOTE: this assert is valid, except for the case of splitting the very
	 * last partition of a table.  For that case, we must drop the last
	 * partition before re-adding the new pieces, which violates this
	 * invariant
2297
	 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2298
	/* Assert(inctemplate || list_length(rules) || pnode->default_part); */
2299 2300
	pnode->rules = rules;

2301
	systable_endscan(sscan);
2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316
	heap_close(rel, AccessShareLock);
	return pnode;
}

PartitionNode *
RelationBuildPartitionDesc(Relation rel, bool inctemplate)
{
	return RelationBuildPartitionDescByOid(RelationGetRelid(rel), inctemplate);
}

PartitionNode *
RelationBuildPartitionDescByOid(Oid relid, bool inctemplate)
{
	PartitionNode *n;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2317
	n = get_parts(relid, 0, 0, inctemplate, true /* includesubparts */ );
2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334

	return n;
}

/*
 * Return a Bitmapset of the attribute numbers of a partitioned table
 * (not a part).  The attribute numbers refer to the root partition table.
 * Call only on the entry database.  Returns an empty set, if called on a
 * regular table or a part.
 *
 * Note: Reads the pg_partition catalog.  If you have a PartitionNode,
 * in hand, use get_partition_attrs and construct a Bitmapset from its
 * result instead.
 */
Bitmapset *
get_partition_key_bitmapset(Oid relid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2335 2336 2337
	Relation	rel;
	HeapTuple	tuple;
	TupleDesc	tupledesc;
2338 2339
	ScanKeyData scankey;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2340
	Bitmapset  *partition_key = NULL;
2341

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2342 2343 2344
	/*
	 * Reject calls from QEs running on a segment database, since pg_partition
	 * and  pg_partition_rule are populated only on the entry database.
2345
	 */
2346
	Insist(IS_QUERY_DISPATCHER());
2347

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2348 2349 2350
	/*
	 * select paratts from pg_partition where parrelid = :relid and not
	 * paristemplate;
2351 2352 2353 2354
	 */
	rel = heap_open(PartitionRelationId, AccessShareLock);
	tupledesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);

2355 2356 2357 2358 2359
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey,
				Anum_pg_partition_parrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
	sscan = systable_beginscan(rel, PartitionParrelidIndexId, true,
2360
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
2361 2362

	while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(sscan)))
2363
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2364
		int			i;
2365
		int16		natts;
2366
		int2vector *atts;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2367 2368
		bool		isnull;
		Form_pg_partition partrow = (Form_pg_partition) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
2369 2370

		if (partrow->paristemplate)
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2371
			continue;			/* no interest in template parts */
2372 2373

		natts = partrow->parnatts;
2374
		atts = (int2vector *) DatumGetPointer(
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2375 2376
											  heap_getattr(tuple, Anum_pg_partition_paratts,
														   tupledesc, &isnull));
2377 2378
		Insist(!isnull);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2379
		for (i = 0; i < natts; i++)
2380 2381 2382
			partition_key = bms_add_member(partition_key, atts->values[i]);
	}

2383
	systable_endscan(sscan);
2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396
	heap_close(rel, AccessShareLock);

	return partition_key;
}


/*
 * Return a list of partition attributes. Order is not guaranteed.
 * Caller must free the result.
 */
List *
get_partition_attrs(PartitionNode *pn)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2397 2398
	List	   *attrs = NIL;
	int			i;
2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424

	if (!pn)
		return NIL;

	for (i = 0; i < pn->part->parnatts; i++)
		attrs = lappend_int(attrs, pn->part->paratts[i]);

	/* We don't want duplicates, do just go down a single branch */
	if (list_length(pn->rules))
	{
		PartitionRule *rule = linitial(pn->rules);

		return list_concat_unique_int(attrs, get_partition_attrs(rule->children));
	}
	else
		return attrs;
}

bool
partition_policies_equal(GpPolicy *p, PartitionNode *pn)
{
	if (!pn)
		return true;

	if (pn->rules)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2425
		ListCell   *lc;
2426 2427 2428 2429

		foreach(lc, pn->rules)
		{
			PartitionRule *rule = lfirst(lc);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2430
			Relation	rel = heap_open(rule->parchildrelid, NoLock);
2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439

			if (p->nattrs != rel->rd_cdbpolicy->nattrs)
			{
				heap_close(rel, NoLock);
				return false;
			}
			else
			{
				if (p->attrs == 0)
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2440
					/* random policy, skip */
2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462
					;
				if (memcmp(p->attrs, rel->rd_cdbpolicy->attrs,
						   (sizeof(AttrNumber) * p->nattrs)))
				{
					heap_close(rel, NoLock);
					return false;
				}
			}
			if (!partition_policies_equal(p, rule->children))
			{
				heap_close(rel, NoLock);
				return false;
			}
			heap_close(rel, NoLock);
		}
	}
	return true;
}

AttrNumber
max_partition_attr(PartitionNode *pn)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2463 2464
	AttrNumber	n = 0;
	List	   *l = get_partition_attrs(pn);
2465 2466 2467

	if (l)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2468
		ListCell   *lc;
2469 2470 2471

		foreach(lc, l)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2472
			AttrNumber	att = lfirst_int(lc);
2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484

			n = Max(att, n);
		}
		pfree(l);
	}
	return n;
}

int
num_partition_levels(PartitionNode *pn)
{
	PartitionNode *tmp;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2485
	int			level = 0;
2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495

	tmp = pn;

	/* just descend one branch of the tree until we hit a leaf */
	while (tmp)
	{
		level++;
		if (tmp->rules)
		{
			PartitionRule *rule = linitial(tmp->rules);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2496

2497 2498 2499 2500 2501
			tmp = rule->children;
		}
		else if (tmp->default_part)
		{
			PartitionRule *rule = tmp->default_part;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2502

2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521
			tmp = rule->children;
		}
		else
			tmp = NULL;
	}

	return level;
}

/* Return the pg_class Oids of the relations representing parts of the
 * PartitionNode tree headed by the argument PartitionNode.
 */
List *
all_partition_relids(PartitionNode *pn)
{
	if (!pn)
		return NIL;
	else
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2522 2523
		ListCell   *lc;
		List	   *out = NIL;
2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552

		foreach(lc, pn->rules)
		{
			PartitionRule *rule = lfirst(lc);

			Assert(OidIsValid(rule->parchildrelid));
			out = lappend_oid(out, rule->parchildrelid);

			out = list_concat(out, all_partition_relids(rule->children));
		}
		if (pn->default_part)
		{
			out = lappend_oid(out, pn->default_part->parchildrelid);
			out = list_concat(out,
							  all_partition_relids(pn->default_part->children));
		}
		return out;
	}
}

/*
 * getPartConstraintsContainsKeys
 *   Given an OID, returns a Node that represents the check constraints
 *   on the table having constraint keys from the given key list.
 *   If there are multiple constraints they are AND'd together.
 */
static Node *
getPartConstraintsContainsKeys(Oid partOid, Oid rootOid, List *partKey)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2553
	ScanKeyData scankey;
2554
	SysScanDesc sscan;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564
	Relation	conRel;
	HeapTuple	conTup;
	Node	   *conExpr;
	Node	   *result = NULL;
	Datum		conBinDatum;
	Datum		conKeyDatum;
	char	   *conBin;
	bool		conbinIsNull = false;
	bool		conKeyIsNull = false;
	AttrMap    *map;
2565 2566

	/* create the map needed for mapping attnums */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2567 2568
	Relation	rootRel = heap_open(rootOid, AccessShareLock);
	Relation	partRel = heap_open(partOid, AccessShareLock);
2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577

	map_part_attrs(partRel, rootRel, &map, false);

	heap_close(rootRel, AccessShareLock);
	heap_close(partRel, AccessShareLock);

	/* Fetch the pg_constraint row. */
	conRel = heap_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);

2578 2579 2580 2581
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(partOid));
	sscan = systable_beginscan(conRel, ConstraintRelidIndexId, true,
2582
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
2583

2584
	while (HeapTupleIsValid(conTup = systable_getnext(sscan)))
2585
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2586 2587 2588 2589
		/*
		 * we defer the filter on contype to here in order to take advantage
		 * of the index on conrelid in the scan
		 */
2590
		Form_pg_constraint conEntry = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(conTup);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2591

2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597
		if (conEntry->contype != 'c')
		{
			continue;
		}
		/* Fetch the constraint expression in parsetree form */
		conBinDatum = heap_getattr(conTup, Anum_pg_constraint_conbin,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2598
								   RelationGetDescr(conRel), &conbinIsNull);
2599

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2600
		Assert(!conbinIsNull);
2601 2602 2603 2604 2605
		/* map the attnums in constraint expression to root attnums */
		conBin = TextDatumGetCString(conBinDatum);
		conExpr = stringToNode(conBin);
		conExpr = attrMapExpr(map, conExpr);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2606
		/* fetch the key associated with this constraint */
2607
		conKeyDatum = heap_getattr(conTup, Anum_pg_constraint_conkey,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2608 2609 2610 2611 2612
								   RelationGetDescr(conRel), &conKeyIsNull);
		Datum	   *dats = NULL;
		int			numKeys = 0;

		bool		found = false;
2613

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2614
		/* extract key elements */
2615 2616 2617
		deconstruct_array(DatumGetArrayTypeP(conKeyDatum), INT2OID, 2, true, 's', &dats, NULL, &numKeys);
		for (int i = 0; i < numKeys; i++)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2618 2619
			int16		key_elem = DatumGetInt16(dats[i]);

2620
			if (list_member_int(partKey, key_elem))
2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629
			{
				found = true;
				break;
			}
		}

		if (found)
		{
			if (result)
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2630
				result = (Node *) make_andclause(list_make2(result, conExpr));
2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639
			else
				result = conExpr;
		}
	}

	if (map)
	{
		pfree(map);
	}
2640
	systable_endscan(sscan);
2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652
	heap_close(conRel, AccessShareLock);

	return result;
}

/*
 * Create a hash table with both key and hash entry as a constraint Node*
 * Input:
 *	nEntries - estimated number of elements in the hash table
 * Outout:
 *	a pointer to the created hash table
 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2653
static HTAB *
2654 2655
createConstraintHashTable(unsigned int nEntries)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2656 2657
	HASHCTL		hash_ctl;

2658 2659
	MemSet(&hash_ctl, 0, sizeof(hash_ctl));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2660
	hash_ctl.keysize = sizeof(Node **);
2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678
	hash_ctl.entrysize = sizeof(ConNodeEntry);
	hash_ctl.hash = constrNodeHash;
	hash_ctl.match = constrNodeMatch;

	return hash_create("ConstraintHashTable", nEntries, &hash_ctl, HASH_ELEM | HASH_FUNCTION | HASH_COMPARE);
}

/*
 * Hash function for a constraint node
 * Input:
 *	keyPtr - pointer to hash key
 *	keysize - not used, hash function must have this signature
 * Output:
 *	result - hash value as an unsigned integer
 */
static uint32
constrNodeHash(const void *keyPtr, Size keysize)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2679 2680 2681 2682
	uint32		result = 0;
	Node	   *constr = *((Node **) keyPtr);
	int			con_len = 0;

2683 2684
	if (constr)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2685 2686
		char	   *constr_bin = nodeToBinaryStringFast(constr, &con_len);

2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705
		Assert(con_len > 0);
		result = tag_hash(constr_bin, con_len);
		pfree(constr_bin);
	}

	return result;
}

/**
 * Match function for two constraint nodes.
 * Input:
 *	keyPtr1, keyPtr2 - pointers to two hash keys
 *	keysize - not used, hash function must have this signature
 * Output:
 *	0 if two hash keys match, 1 otherwise
 */
static int
constrNodeMatch(const void *keyPtr1, const void *keyPtr2, Size keysize)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2706 2707 2708
	Node	   *left = *((Node **) keyPtr1);
	Node	   *right = *((Node **) keyPtr2);

2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725
	return equal(left, right) ? 0 : 1;
}

/*
 * Check if a partitioning hierarchy is uniform, i.e. for each partitioning level,
 * all the partition nodes should have the same number of children, AND the child nodes
 * at the same position w.r.t the subtree should have the same constraint on the partition
 * key of that level.
 * The time complexity of this check is linear to the number of nodes in the partitioning
 * hierarchy.
 */
bool
rel_partitioning_is_uniform(Oid rootOid)
{
	Assert(OidIsValid(rootOid));
	Assert(rel_is_partitioned(rootOid));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2726
	bool		result = true;
2727 2728

	MemoryContext uniformityMemoryContext = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2729 2730 2731 2732
																  "PartitioningIsUniform",
																  ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MINSIZE,
																  ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE,
																  ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
2733 2734
	MemoryContext callerMemoryContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(uniformityMemoryContext);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2735 2736
	PartitionNode *pnRoot = RelationBuildPartitionDescByOid(rootOid, false /* inctemplate */ );
	List	   *queue = list_make1(pnRoot);
2737 2738 2739

	while (result)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745
		/*
		 * we process the partitioning tree level by level, each outer loop
		 * corresponds to one level
		 */
		int			size = list_length(queue);

2746 2747 2748 2749 2750
		if (0 == size)
		{
			break;
		}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2751 2752 2753 2754 2755
		/*
		 * Look ahead to get the number of children of the first partition
		 * node in this level. This allows us to initialize a hash table on
		 * the constraints which each partition node in this level will be
		 * compared to.
2756
		 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2757 2758 2759
		PartitionNode *pn_ahead = (PartitionNode *) linitial(queue);
		int			nChildren = list_length(pn_ahead->rules) + (pn_ahead->default_part ? 1 : 0);
		HTAB	   *conHash = createConstraintHashTable(nChildren);
2760 2761

		/* get the list of part keys for this level */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2762 2763
		List	   *lpartkey = NIL;

2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769
		for (int i = 0; i < pn_ahead->part->parnatts; i++)
		{
			lpartkey = lappend_int(lpartkey, pn_ahead->part->paratts[i]);
		}

		/* now iterate over all partition nodes on this level */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2770 2771
		bool		fFirstNode = true;

2772 2773
		while (size > 0 && result)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2774 2775 2776
			PartitionNode *pn = (PartitionNode *) linitial(queue);
			List	   *lrules = get_partition_rules(pn);
			int			curr_nChildren = list_length(lrules);
2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784

			if (curr_nChildren != nChildren)
			{
				result = false;
				break;
			}

			/* loop over the children's constraints of this node */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2785 2786
			ListCell   *lc = NULL;

2787 2788
			foreach(lc, lrules)
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2789 2790 2791
				PartitionRule *pr = (PartitionRule *) lfirst(lc);
				Node	   *curr_con = getPartConstraintsContainsKeys(pr->parchildrelid, rootOid, lpartkey);
				bool		found = false;
2792

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2793 2794 2795 2796
				/*
				 * we populate the hash table with the constraints of the
				 * children of the first node in this level
				 */
2797 2798 2799
				if (fFirstNode)
				{
					/* add current constraint to hash table */
D
Daniel Gustafsson 已提交
2800
					void	   *con_entry;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2801

D
Daniel Gustafsson 已提交
2802
					con_entry = hash_search(conHash, &curr_con, HASH_ENTER, &found);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2803
					((ConNodeEntry *) con_entry)->entry = curr_con;
2804 2805
				}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2806 2807 2808 2809
				/*
				 * starting from the second node in this level, we probe the
				 * children's constraints
				 */
2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855
				else
				{
					hash_search(conHash, &curr_con, HASH_FIND, &found);
					if (!found)
					{
						result = false;
						break;
					}
				}

				if (pr->children)
				{
					queue = lappend(queue, pr->children);
				}
			}
			size--;
			fFirstNode = false;
			queue = list_delete_first(queue);
			pfree(lrules);
		}

		hash_destroy(conHash);
		pfree(lpartkey);

	}

	MemoryContextSwitchTo(callerMemoryContext);
	MemoryContextDelete(uniformityMemoryContext);

	return result;
}

/* Return the pg_class Oids of the relations representing leaf parts of the
 * PartitionNode tree headed by the argument PartitionNode.
 *
 * The caller should be responsible for freeing the list after
 * using it.
 */
List *
all_leaf_partition_relids(PartitionNode *pn)
{
	if (NULL == pn)
	{
		return NIL;
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2856 2857
	ListCell   *lc;
	List	   *leaf_relids = NIL;
2858 2859 2860 2861

	foreach(lc, pn->rules)
	{
		PartitionRule *rule = lfirst(lc);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2862

2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877
		if (NULL != rule->children)
		{
			leaf_relids = list_concat(leaf_relids, all_leaf_partition_relids(rule->children));
		}
		else
		{
			leaf_relids = lappend_oid(leaf_relids, rule->parchildrelid);
		}

	}
	if (NULL != pn->default_part)
	{
		if (NULL != pn->default_part->children)
		{
			leaf_relids = list_concat(leaf_relids,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2878
									  all_leaf_partition_relids(pn->default_part->children));
2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899
		}
		else
		{
			leaf_relids = lappend_oid(leaf_relids, pn->default_part->parchildrelid);
		}
	}
	return leaf_relids;
}

/*
 * Given an Oid of a partition rule, return all leaf-level table Oids that are
 * descendants of the given rule.
 * Input:
 *	ruleOid - the oid of an entry in pg_partition_rule
 * Output:
 *	a list of Oids of all leaf-level partition tables under the given rule in
 *	the partitioning hierarchy.
 */
static List *
rel_get_leaf_relids_from_rule(Oid ruleOid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2900
	ScanKeyData scankey;
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
2901 2902
	Relation	part_rule_rel;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
2903
	bool		hasChildren = false;
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
2904 2905 2906
	List	   *lChildrenOid = NIL;
	HeapTuple	tuple;

2907 2908 2909 2910 2911
	if (!OidIsValid(ruleOid))
	{
		return NIL;
	}

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919
	part_rule_rel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, AccessShareLock);

	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_rule_parparentrule,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(ruleOid));

	/* No suitable index */
	sscan = systable_beginscan(part_rule_rel, InvalidOid, false,
2920
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
2921 2922

	/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2923 2924
	 * If we are still in mid-level, recursively call this function on
	 * children rules of the given rule.
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931
	 */
	while ((tuple = systable_getnext(sscan)) != NULL)
	{
		hasChildren = true;
		lChildrenOid = list_concat(lChildrenOid, rel_get_leaf_relids_from_rule(HeapTupleGetOid(tuple)));
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2932 2933 2934
	/*
	 * if ruleOid is not parent of any rule, we have reached the leaf level
	 * and we need to append parchildrelid of this entry to the output
2935
	 */
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
2936
	if (!hasChildren)
2937
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2938
		HeapTuple	tuple;
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944
		Form_pg_partition_rule rule_desc;

		tuple = SearchSysCache1(PARTRULEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(ruleOid));
		if (!tuple)
			elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for partition rule with OID %u", ruleOid);
		rule_desc = (Form_pg_partition_rule) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
2945 2946 2947

		lChildrenOid = lcons_oid(rule_desc->parchildrelid, lChildrenOid);

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
2948
		ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
2949 2950
	}

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
2951 2952 2953 2954
	systable_endscan(sscan);

	heap_close(part_rule_rel, AccessShareLock);

2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963
	return lChildrenOid;
}

/* Given a partition table Oid (root or interior), return the Oids of all leaf-level
 * children below it. Similar to all_leaf_partition_relids() but takes Oid as input.
 */
List *
rel_get_leaf_children_relids(Oid relid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2964 2965 2966
	PartStatus	ps = rel_part_status(relid);
	List	   *leaf_relids = NIL;

2967 2968 2969 2970
	Assert(PART_STATUS_INTERIOR == ps || PART_STATUS_ROOT == ps);

	if (PART_STATUS_ROOT == ps)
	{
2971 2972
		PartitionNode *pn;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2973 2974
		pn = get_parts(relid, 0 /* level */ , 0 /* parent */ , false /* inctemplate */ ,
					   true /* includesubparts */ );
2975 2976 2977 2978 2979
		leaf_relids = all_leaf_partition_relids(pn);
		pfree(pn);
	}
	else if (PART_STATUS_INTERIOR == ps)
	{
2980 2981 2982
		Relation	partrulerel;
		ScanKeyData scankey;
		SysScanDesc sscan;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
2983
		HeapTuple	tuple;
2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992

		/* SELECT * FROM pg_partition_rule WHERE parchildrelid = :1 */
		partrulerel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, AccessShareLock);

		ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_rule_parchildrelid,
					BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
					ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));

		sscan = systable_beginscan(partrulerel, PartitionRuleParchildrelidIndexId, true,
2993
								   NULL, 1, &scankey);
2994
		tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);
2995 2996 2997 2998
		if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
		{
			leaf_relids = rel_get_leaf_relids_from_rule(HeapTupleGetOid(tuple));
		}
2999 3000
		systable_endscan(sscan);
		heap_close(partrulerel, AccessShareLock);
3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022
	}
	else if (PART_STATUS_LEAF == ps)
	{
		leaf_relids = list_make1_oid(relid);
	}

	return leaf_relids;
}

/* Return the pg_class Oids of the relations representing interior parts of the
 * PartitionNode tree headed by the argument PartitionNode.
 *
 * The caller is responsible for freeing the list after using it.
 */
List *
all_interior_partition_relids(PartitionNode *pn)
{
	if (NULL == pn)
	{
		return NIL;
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3023 3024
	ListCell   *lc;
	List	   *interior_relids = NIL;
3025 3026 3027 3028

	foreach(lc, pn->rules)
	{
		PartitionRule *rule = lfirst(lc);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3029

3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042
		if (rule->children)
		{
			interior_relids = lappend_oid(interior_relids, rule->parchildrelid);
			interior_relids = list_concat(interior_relids, all_interior_partition_relids(rule->children));
		}
	}

	if (pn->default_part)
	{
		if (pn->default_part->children)
		{
			interior_relids = lappend_oid(interior_relids, pn->default_part->parchildrelid);
			interior_relids = list_concat(interior_relids,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3043
										  all_interior_partition_relids(pn->default_part->children));
3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055
		}
	}

	return interior_relids;
}

/*
 * Return the number of leaf parts of the partitioned table with the given oid
 */
int
countLeafPartTables(Oid rootOid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3056 3057 3058 3059
	Assert(rel_is_partitioned(rootOid));

	PartitionNode *pn = get_parts(rootOid, 0 /* level */ , 0 /* parent */ , false /* inctemplate */ ,
								  true /* include subparts */ );
3060

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3061 3062 3063 3064
	List	   *lRelOids = all_leaf_partition_relids(pn);

	Assert(list_length(lRelOids) > 0);
	int			count = list_length(lRelOids);
3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080

	list_free(lRelOids);
	pfree(pn);
	return count;
}

/* Return the pg_class Oids of the relations representing the parts
 * of the PartitionRule tree headed by the argument PartitionRule.
 *
 * This local function is similar to all_partition_relids but enters
 * at a PartitionRule which is more convenient in some cases, e.g.,
 * on the topRule of a PgPartRule.
 */
List *
all_prule_relids(PartitionRule *prule)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3081
	ListCell   *lcr;
3082 3083
	PartitionNode *pnode = NULL;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3084
	List	   *oids = NIL;		/* of pg_class Oid */
3085

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3086
	if (prule)
3087 3088 3089 3090
	{
		oids = lappend_oid(oids, prule->parchildrelid);

		pnode = prule->children;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3091
		if (pnode)
3092 3093
		{
			oids = list_concat(oids, all_prule_relids(pnode->default_part));
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3094
			foreach(lcr, pnode->rules)
3095
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3096 3097
				PartitionRule *child = (PartitionRule *) lfirst(lcr);

3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110
				oids = list_concat(oids, all_prule_relids(child));
			}
		}
	}
	return oids;
}

/*
 * Returns the parent Oid from the given part Oid.
 */
Oid
rel_partition_get_root(Oid relid)
{
3111 3112 3113 3114 3115
	Relation	inhrel;
	ScanKeyData scankey;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
	HeapTuple	tuple;
	Oid			masteroid;
3116

3117
	inhrel = heap_open(InheritsRelationId, AccessShareLock);
3118

3119 3120 3121 3122 3123
	/* SELECT inhparent FROM pg_inherits WHERE inhrelid = :1 */
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
	sscan = systable_beginscan(inhrel, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId, true,
3124
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132
	tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);
	if (!tuple)
		masteroid = InvalidOid;
	else
		masteroid = ((Form_pg_inherits) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->inhparent;

	systable_endscan(sscan);
	heap_close(inhrel, AccessShareLock);
3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149

	return masteroid;
}

/* Get the top relation of the partitioned table of which the given
 * relation is a part, or error.
 *
 *   select parrelid
 *   from pg_partition
 *   where oid = (
 *     select paroid
 *     from pg_partition_rule
 *     where parchildrelid = relid);
 */
Oid
rel_partition_get_master(Oid relid)
{
3150 3151 3152 3153
	Relation	partrulerel;
	ScanKeyData scankey;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
	HeapTuple	tuple;
3154 3155
	Oid			paroid;
	Oid			masteroid;
3156

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3157 3158 3159 3160
	/*
	 * pg_partition and  pg_partition_rule are populated only on the entry
	 * database, so our result is only meaningful there.
	 */
3161
	Insist(IS_QUERY_DISPATCHER());
3162

3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170
	partrulerel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, AccessShareLock);

	/* SELECT paroid FROM pg_partition_rule WHERE parchildrelid = :1 */
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_rule_parchildrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));

	sscan = systable_beginscan(partrulerel, PartitionRuleParchildrelidIndexId, true,
3171
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179
	tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);
	if (tuple)
		paroid = ((Form_pg_partition_rule) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->paroid;
	else
		paroid = InvalidOid;

	systable_endscan(sscan);
	heap_close(partrulerel, AccessShareLock);
3180 3181 3182 3183

	if (!OidIsValid(paroid))
		return InvalidOid;

3184 3185
	tuple = SearchSysCache1(PARTOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(paroid));
	if (!tuple)
3186 3187 3188
		elog(ERROR, "could not find pg_partition entry with oid %d for "
			 "pg_partition_rule with child table %d", paroid, relid);

3189 3190
	masteroid = ((Form_pg_partition) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->parrelid;
	ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
3191 3192 3193

	return masteroid;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3194
}								/* end rel_partition_get_master */
3195 3196 3197 3198 3199

/* given a relid, build a path list from the master tablename down to
 * the partition for that relation, using partition names if possible,
 * else rank or value expressions.
 */
3200 3201
List *
rel_get_part_path1(Oid relid)
3202
{
3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209
	Relation	partrulerel;
	ScanKeyData scankey;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
	HeapTuple	tuple;
	Oid			paroid = InvalidOid;
	Oid			parparentrule = InvalidOid;
	List	   *lrelid = NIL;
3210

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3211 3212 3213 3214
	/*
	 * pg_partition and  pg_partition_rule are populated only on the entry
	 * database, so our result is only meaningful there.
	 */
3215
	Insist(IS_QUERY_DISPATCHER());
3216

3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227
	partrulerel = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, AccessShareLock);

	/*
	 * Use the relid of the table to find the first rule
	 *
	 * SELECT paroid FROM pg_partition_rule WHERE parchildrelid = :1
	 */
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_rule_parchildrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
	sscan = systable_beginscan(partrulerel, PartitionRuleParchildrelidIndexId, true,
3228
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
3229
	tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);
3230 3231 3232 3233

	if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
	{
		Form_pg_partition_rule rule_desc =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3234
		(Form_pg_partition_rule) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242

		paroid = rule_desc->paroid;
		parparentrule = rule_desc->parparentrule;

		/* prepend relid of child table to list */
		lrelid = lcons_oid(rule_desc->parchildrelid, lrelid);
	}

3243 3244 3245
	systable_endscan(sscan);
	heap_close(partrulerel, AccessShareLock);

3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252
	if (!OidIsValid(paroid))
		return NIL;

	/* walk up the tree using the parent rule oid */

	while (OidIsValid(parparentrule))
	{
3253
		tuple = SearchSysCache1(PARTRULEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(parparentrule));
3254 3255 3256
		if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
		{
			Form_pg_partition_rule rule_desc =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3257
			(Form_pg_partition_rule) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263

			paroid = rule_desc->paroid;
			parparentrule = rule_desc->parparentrule;

			/* prepend relid of child table to list */
			lrelid = lcons_oid(rule_desc->parchildrelid, lrelid);
3264 3265

			ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272
		}
		else
			parparentrule = InvalidOid; /* we are done */
	}

	return lrelid;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3273
}								/* end rel_get_part_path1 */
3274

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3275 3276
static List *
rel_get_part_path(Oid relid)
3277
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285
	PartitionNode *pNode = NULL;
	Partition  *part = NULL;
	List	   *lrelid = NIL;
	List	   *lnamerank = NIL;
	List	   *lnrv = NIL;
	ListCell   *lc,
			   *lc2;
	Oid			masteroid = InvalidOid;
3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292

	masteroid = rel_partition_get_master(relid);

	if (!OidIsValid(masteroid))
		return NIL;

	/* call the guts of RelationBuildPartitionDesc */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3293
	pNode = get_parts(masteroid, 0, 0, false, true /* includesubparts */ );
3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301

	if (!pNode)
	{
		return NIL;
	}

	part = pNode->part;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3302 3303
	/*
	 * get the relids for each table that corresponds to the partition
3304 3305 3306 3307
	 * heirarchy from the master to the specified partition
	 */
	lrelid = rel_get_part_path1(relid);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3308 3309 3310
	/*
	 * walk the partition tree, finding the partition for each relid, and
	 * extract useful information (name, rank, value)
3311 3312 3313
	 */
	foreach(lc, lrelid)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3314
		Oid			parrelid = lfirst_oid(lc);
3315
		PartitionRule *prule;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3316
		int			rulerank = 1;
3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323

		Assert(pNode);

		part = pNode->part;

		rulerank = 1;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3324
		foreach(lc2, pNode->rules)
3325
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3326
			prule = (PartitionRule *) lfirst(lc2);
3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341

			if (parrelid == prule->parchildrelid)
			{
				pNode = prule->children;
				goto L_rel_get_part_path_match;
			}
			rulerank++;
		}

		/* if we get here, then must match the default partition */
		prule = pNode->default_part;

		Assert(parrelid == prule->parchildrelid);

		/* default partition must have a name (and no rank) */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3342
		Assert(prule->parname && strlen(prule->parname));
3343 3344 3345 3346

		pNode = prule->children;
		rulerank = 0;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3347
L_rel_get_part_path_match:
3348

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3349 3350
		if (!rulerank)			/* must be default, so it has a name, but no
								 * rank or value */
3351 3352 3353
		{
			lnrv = list_make3(prule->parname, NULL, NULL);
		}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3354
		else if (part->parkind == 'l')	/* list partition by value */
3355
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3356 3357 3358 3359
			char	   *idval = NULL;
			ListCell   *lc3;
			List	   *l1 = (List *) prule->parlistvalues;
			StringInfoData sid1;
3360 3361
			int16		nkeys = part->parnatts;
			int16		parcol = 0;
3362 3363 3364

			initStringInfo(&sid1);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3365
			/* foreach(lc3, l1) */
3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371
			/* don't loop -- just need first set of values */

			lc3 = list_head(l1);

			if (lc3)
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3372 3373
				List	   *vals = lfirst(lc3);
				ListCell   *lcv = list_head(vals);
3374

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3375 3376
				/*
				 * Note: similar code in ruleutils.c:partition_rule_def_worker
3377 3378 3379 3380
				 */

				for (parcol = 0; parcol < nkeys; parcol++)
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3381
					Const	   *con = lfirst(lcv);
3382 3383 3384 3385 3386

					if (lcv != list_head(vals))
						appendStringInfoString(&sid1, ", ");

					idval =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3387 3388 3389 3390
						deparse_expression((Node *) con,
										   deparse_context_for(get_rel_name(relid),
															   relid),
										   false, false);
3391 3392 3393 3394

					appendStringInfo(&sid1, "%s", idval);

					lcv = lnext(lcv);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3395
				}				/* end for parcol */
3396 3397 3398 3399
			}
			/* list - no rank */
			lnrv = list_make3(prule->parname, NULL, sid1.data);
		}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3400 3401
		else					/* range (or hash) - use rank (though rank is
								 * not really appropriate for hash) */
3402
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3403
			char	   *rtxt = palloc(NAMEDATALEN);
3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413

			sprintf(rtxt, "%d", rulerank);

			/* not list - rank, but no value */
			lnrv = list_make3(prule->parname, rtxt, NULL);
		}

		/* build the list of (lists of name, rank, value) for each level */
		lnamerank = lappend(lnamerank, lnrv);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3414
	}							/* end foreach lc (walking list of relids) */
3415 3416

	return lnamerank;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3417
}								/* end rel_get_part_path */
3418 3419 3420

char *
rel_get_part_path_pretty(Oid relid,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3421 3422
						 char *separator,
						 char *lastsep)
3423
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430
	List	   *lnamerank = NIL;
	List	   *lnrv = NIL;
	ListCell   *lc,
			   *lc2;
	int			maxlen;
	StringInfoData sid1,
				sid2;
3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446

	lnamerank = rel_get_part_path(relid);

	maxlen = list_length(lnamerank);

	if (!maxlen)
		return NULL;

	Assert(separator);
	Assert(lastsep);

	initStringInfo(&sid1);
	initStringInfo(&sid2);

	foreach(lc, lnamerank)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3447
		int			lcnt = 0;
3448

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3449
		lnrv = (List *) lfirst(lc);
3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456

		maxlen--;

		appendStringInfo(&sid1, "%s", maxlen ? separator : lastsep);

		lcnt = 0;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3457
		foreach(lc2, lnrv)
3458
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3459
			char	   *str = (char *) lfirst(lc2);
3460

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
3461
			resetStringInfo(&sid2);
3462

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3463
			switch (lcnt)
3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493
			{
				case 0:
					if (str && strlen(str))
					{
						appendStringInfo(&sid2, "\"%s\"", str);
						goto l_pretty;
					}
					break;

				case 1:
					if (str && strlen(str))
					{
						appendStringInfo(&sid2, "FOR(RANK(%s))", str);
						goto l_pretty;
					}
					break;

				case 2:
					if (str && strlen(str))
					{
						appendStringInfo(&sid2, "FOR(%s)", str);
						goto l_pretty;
					}
					break;
				default:
					break;
			}
			lcnt++;
		}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3494
l_pretty:
3495 3496 3497 3498 3499

		appendStringInfo(&sid1, "%s", sid2.data);
	}

	return sid1.data;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3500
}								/* end rel_get_part_path_pretty */
3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516


/*
 * ChoosePartitionName: given a table name, partition "depth", and a
 * partition name, generate a unique name using ChooseRelationName.
 * The partition depth is the raw parlevel (zero-based), which is
 * incremented by 1 to be one-based.
 *
 * Note: calls CommandCounterIncrement.
 *
 * Returns a palloc'd string (from ChooseRelationName)
 */
char *
ChoosePartitionName(const char *tablename, int partDepth,
					const char *partname, Oid namespaceId)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3517 3518 3519
	char	   *relname;
	char		depthstr[NAMEDATALEN];
	char		prtstr[NAMEDATALEN];
3520 3521

	/* build a relation name (see transformPartitionBy */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3522
	snprintf(depthstr, sizeof(depthstr), "%d", partDepth + 1);
3523 3524 3525
	snprintf(prtstr, sizeof(prtstr), "prt_%s", partname);

	relname = ChooseRelationName(tablename,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3526
								 depthstr,	/* depth */
3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547
								 prtstr,	/* part spec */
								 namespaceId);
	CommandCounterIncrement();

	return relname;
}

/*
 * Given a constant expression, build a datum according to
 * part->paratts and the relation tupledesc.  Needs work for
 * type_coercion, multicol, etc.  The returned Datum * is suitable for
 * use in SelectPartition
 */
static Datum *
magic_expr_to_datum(Relation rel, PartitionNode *partnode,
					Node *expr, bool **ppisnull)
{
	Partition  *part = partnode->part;
	TupleDesc	tupleDesc;
	Datum	   *values;
	bool	   *isnull;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3548 3549
	int			ii,
				jj;
3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563

	Assert(rel);

	tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);

	/* Preallocate values/isnull arrays */
	ii = tupleDesc->natts;
	values = (Datum *) palloc(ii * sizeof(Datum));
	isnull = (bool *) palloc(ii * sizeof(bool));
	memset(values, 0, ii * sizeof(Datum));
	memset(isnull, true, ii * sizeof(bool));

	*ppisnull = isnull;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3564
	Assert(IsA(expr, List));
3565

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3566
	jj = list_length((List *) expr);
3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581

	if (jj > ii)
		ereport(ERROR,
				(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
				 errmsg("too many columns in boundary specification (%d > %d)",
						jj, ii)));

	if (jj > part->parnatts)
		ereport(ERROR,
				(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
				 errmsg("too many columns in boundary specification (%d > %d)",
						jj, part->parnatts)));

	{
		ListCell   *lc;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3582
		int			i = 0;
3583

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3584
		foreach(lc, (List *) expr)
3585
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3586 3587 3588
			Node	   *n1 = (Node *) lfirst(lc);
			Const	   *c1;
			AttrNumber	attno = part->paratts[i++];
3589
			Form_pg_attribute attribute = tupleDesc->attrs[attno - 1];
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3590
			Oid			lhsid = attribute->atttypid;
3591 3592 3593 3594

			if (!IsA(n1, Const))
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3595
						 errmsg("not a constant expression")));
3596

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3597
			c1 = (Const *) n1;
3598 3599 3600 3601

			if (lhsid != c1->consttype)
			{
				/* see coerce_partition_value */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3602
				Node	   *out;
3603

3604
				out = coerce_partition_value(NULL, n1, lhsid, attribute->atttypmod,
3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614
											 char_to_parttype(partnode->part->parkind));
				if (!out)
					ereport(ERROR,
							(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
							 errmsg("cannot coerce column type (%s versus %s)",
									format_type_be(c1->consttype),
									format_type_be(lhsid))));

				Assert(IsA(out, Const));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3615
				c1 = (Const *) out;
3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624
			}

			/* XXX: cache */
			values[attno - 1] = c1->constvalue;
			isnull[attno - 1] = c1->constisnull;
		}
	}

	return values;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3625
}								/* end magic_expr_to_datum */
3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634

/*
 * Assume the partition rules are in the "correct" order and return
 * the nth rule (1-based).  If rnk is negative start from the end, ie
 * -1 is the last rule.
 */
static Oid
selectPartitionByRank(PartitionNode *partnode, int rnk)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3635 3636
	Oid			relid = InvalidOid;
	List	   *rules = partnode->rules;
3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647
	PartitionRule *rule;

	Assert(partnode->part->parkind == 'r');

	if (rnk > list_length(rules))
		return relid;

	if (rnk == 0)
		return relid;

	if (rnk > 0)
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3648
		rnk--;					/* list_nth is zero-based, not one-based */
3649 3650 3651 3652 3653
	else if (rnk < 0)
	{
		rnk = list_length(rules) + rnk; /* if negative go from end */

		/* mpp-3265 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3654
		if (rnk < 0)			/* oops -- too negative */
3655 3656 3657
			return relid;
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3658
	rule = (PartitionRule *) list_nth(rules, rnk);
3659 3660

	return rule->parchildrelid;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3661
}								/* end selectPartitionByRank */
3662

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668
static bool
compare_partn_opfuncid(PartitionNode *partnode,
					   char *pub, char *compare_op,
					   List *colvals,
					   Datum *values, bool *isnull,
					   TupleDesc tupdesc)
3669 3670

{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678
	Partition  *part = partnode->part;
	List	   *last_opname = list_make2(makeString(pub),
										 makeString(compare_op));
	List	   *opname = NIL;
	ListCell   *lc;
	int			numCols = 0;
	int			colCnt = 0;
	int			ii = 0;
3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687

	if (1 == strlen(compare_op))
	{
		/* handle case of less than or greater than */
		if (0 == strcmp("<", compare_op))
			compare_op = "<=";
		if (0 == strcmp(">", compare_op))
			compare_op = ">=";

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694
		/*
		 * for a list of values, when performing less than or greater than
		 * comparison, only the final value is compared using less than or
		 * greater.  All prior values must be compared with LTE/GTE.  For
		 * example, comparing the list (1,2,3) to see if it is less than
		 * (1,2,4), we see that 1 <= 1, 2 <= 2, and 3 < 4.  So the last_opname
		 * is the specified compare_op, and the prior opnames are LTE or GTE.
3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704
		 */

	}

	opname = list_make2(makeString(pub), makeString(compare_op));

	colCnt = numCols = list_length(colvals);

	foreach(lc, colvals)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3705 3706
		Const	   *c = lfirst(lc);
		AttrNumber	attno = part->paratts[ii];
3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714

		if (isnull && isnull[attno - 1])
		{
			if (!c->constisnull)
				return false;
		}
		else
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3715 3716 3717 3718 3719
			Oid			lhsid = tupdesc->attrs[attno - 1]->atttypid;
			Oid			rhsid = lhsid;
			Oid			opfuncid;
			Datum		res;
			Datum		d = values[attno - 1];
3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726

			if (1 == colCnt)
			{
				opname = last_opname;
			}

			opfuncid = get_opfuncid_by_opname(opname, lhsid, rhsid);
A
Asim R P 已提交
3727
			res = OidFunctionCall2Coll(opfuncid, c->constcollid, c->constvalue, d);
3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734

			if (!DatumGetBool(res))
				return false;
		}

		ii++;
		colCnt--;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3735
	}							/* end foreach */
3736 3737

	return true;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3738
}								/* end compare_partn_opfuncid */
3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757

/*
 *	Given a partition-by-list PartitionNode, search for
 *	a part that matches the given datum value.
 *
 *	Input parameters:
 *	partnode: the PartitionNode that we search for matched parts
 *	values, isnull: datum values to search for parts
 *	tupdesc: TupleDesc for retrieving values
 *	accessMethods: PartitionAccessMethods
 *	foundOid: output parameter for matched part Oid
 *	prule: output parameter for matched part PartitionRule
 *	exprTypeOid: type of the expression used to select partition
 */
static PartitionNode *
selectListPartition(PartitionNode *partnode, Datum *values, bool *isnull,
					TupleDesc tupdesc, PartitionAccessMethods *accessMethods, Oid *foundOid, PartitionRule **prule,
					Oid exprTypeOid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3758 3759
	ListCell   *lc;
	Partition  *part = partnode->part;
3760 3761 3762 3763
	MemoryContext oldcxt = NULL;
	PartitionListState *ls;

	if (accessMethods && accessMethods->amstate[partnode->part->parlevel])
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3764
		ls = (PartitionListState *) accessMethods->amstate[partnode->part->parlevel];
3765 3766
	else
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3767
		int			natts = partnode->part->parnatts;
3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774

		ls = palloc(sizeof(PartitionListState));

		ls->eqfuncs = palloc(sizeof(FmgrInfo) * natts);
		ls->eqinit = palloc0(sizeof(bool) * natts);

		if (accessMethods)
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3775
			accessMethods->amstate[partnode->part->parlevel] = (void *) ls;
3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786
	}

	if (accessMethods && accessMethods->part_cxt)
		oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(accessMethods->part_cxt);

	*foundOid = InvalidOid;

	/* With LIST, we have no choice at the moment except to be exhaustive */
	foreach(lc, partnode->rules)
	{
		PartitionRule *rule = lfirst(lc);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3787 3788 3789
		List	   *vals = rule->parlistvalues;
		ListCell   *lc2;
		bool		matched = false;
3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795

		/*
		 * list values are stored in a list of lists to support multi column
		 * partitions.
		 *
		 * At this level, we're processing the list of possible values for the
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3796 3797
		 * given rule, for example: values(1, 2, 3) values((1, '2005-01-01'),
		 * (2, '2006-01-01'))
3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805
		 *
		 * Each iteraction is one element of the values list. In the first
		 * example, we iterate '1', '2' then '3'. For the second, we iterate
		 * through '(1, '2005-01-01')' then '(2, '2006-01-01')'. It's for that
		 * reason that we need the inner loop.
		 */
		foreach(lc2, vals)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3806 3807 3808
			ListCell   *lc3;
			List	   *colvals = (List *) lfirst(lc2);
			int			i = 0;
3809

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3810
			matched = true;		/* prove untrue */
3811 3812 3813

			foreach(lc3, colvals)
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3814 3815
				Const	   *c = lfirst(lc3);
				AttrNumber	attno = part->paratts[i];
3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832

				if (isnull[attno - 1])
				{
					if (!c->constisnull)
					{
						matched = false;
						break;
					}
				}
				else if (c->constisnull)
				{
					/* constant is null but datum isn't so break */
					matched = false;
					break;
				}
				else
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3833 3834 3835
					Datum		res;
					Datum		d = values[attno - 1];
					FmgrInfo   *finfo;
3836 3837 3838 3839 3840

					if (!ls->eqinit[i])
					{

						/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3841 3842 3843 3844
						 * Compute the type of the LHS and RHS for the
						 * equality comparator. The way we call the comparator
						 * is comp(expr, rule) So lhstypid = type(expr) and
						 * rhstypeid = type(rule)
3845 3846
						 */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3847 3848 3849 3850 3851
						/*
						 * The tupdesc tuple descriptor matches the table
						 * schema, so it has the rule type
						 */
						Oid			rhstypid = tupdesc->attrs[attno - 1]->atttypid;
3852 3853

						/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3854 3855 3856 3857 3858
						 * exprTypeOid is passed to us from our caller which
						 * evaluated the expression. In some cases (e.g legacy
						 * optimizer doing explicit casting), we don't compute
						 * specify exprTypeOid. Assume lhstypid = rhstypid in
						 * those cases
3859
						 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3860 3861
						Oid			lhstypid = exprTypeOid;

3862 3863 3864 3865 3866
						if (!OidIsValid(lhstypid))
						{
							lhstypid = rhstypid;
						}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3867 3868 3869 3870
						List	   *opname = list_make2(makeString("pg_catalog"),
														makeString("="));

						Oid			opfuncid = get_opfuncid_by_opname(opname, lhstypid, rhstypid);
3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876

						fmgr_info(opfuncid, &(ls->eqfuncs[i]));
						ls->eqinit[i] = true;
					}

					finfo = &(ls->eqfuncs[i]);
A
Asim R P 已提交
3877
					res = FunctionCall2Coll(finfo, c->constcollid, d, c->constvalue);
3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927

					if (!DatumGetBool(res))
					{
						/* found it */
						matched = false;
						break;
					}
				}
				i++;
			}
			if (matched)
				break;
		}

		if (matched)
		{
			*foundOid = rule->parchildrelid;
			*prule = rule;

			/* go to the next level */
			if (oldcxt)
				MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
			return rule->children;
		}
	}

	if (oldcxt)
		MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);

	return NULL;

}

/*
 * get_less_than_oper()
 *
 * Retrieves the appropriate comparator that knows how to handle
 * the two types lhsid, rhsid.
 *
 * Input parameters:
 * lhstypid: Type oid of the LHS of the comparator
 * rhstypid: Type oid of the RHS of the comparator
 * strictlyless: If true, requests the 'strictly less than' operator instead of 'less or equal than'
 *
 * Returns: The Oid of the appropriate comparator; throws an ERROR if no such comparator exists
 *
 */
static Oid
get_less_than_oper(Oid lhstypid, Oid rhstypid, bool strictlyless)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3928 3929 3930 3931 3932
	Value	   *str = strictlyless ? makeString("<") : makeString("<=");
	Value	   *pub = makeString("pg_catalog");
	List	   *opname = list_make2(pub, str);

	Oid			funcid = get_opfuncid_by_opname(opname, lhstypid, rhstypid);
3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959

	list_free_deep(opname);

	return funcid;
}

/*
 * get_comparator
 *   Retrieves the comparator function between the expression and the partition rules
 *
 *  Input:
 *   keyno: Index in the key array of the partitioning key considered
 *   rs: the current PartitionRangeState
 *   ruleTypeOid: Oid for the type of the partition rules
 *   exprTypeOid: Oid for the type of the expressions
 *   strictlyless: If true, the operator for strictly less than (LT) is retrieved. Otherwise,
 *     it's less or equal than (LE)
 *   is_direct: If true, then the "direct" comparison (expression OP rule) is retrieved.
 *     Otherwise, it's the "inverse" comparison (rule OP expression)
 *
 */
static FmgrInfo *
get_less_than_comparator(int keyno, PartitionRangeState *rs, Oid ruleTypeOid, Oid exprTypeOid, bool strictlyless, bool is_direct)
{

	Assert(NULL != rs);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3960 3961 3962
	Oid			lhsOid = InvalidOid;
	Oid			rhsOid = InvalidOid;
	FmgrInfo   *funcInfo = NULL;
3963

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3964 3965
	if (is_direct && strictlyless)
	{
3966 3967
		/* Looking for expr < partRule comparator */
		funcInfo = &rs->ltfuncs_direct[keyno];
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3968 3969 3970
	}
	else if (is_direct && !strictlyless)
	{
3971 3972
		/* Looking for expr <= partRule comparator */
		funcInfo = &rs->lefuncs_direct[keyno];
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3973 3974 3975
	}
	else if (!is_direct && strictlyless)
	{
3976 3977
		/* Looking for partRule < expr comparator */
		funcInfo = &rs->ltfuncs_inverse[keyno];
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3978 3979 3980
	}
	else if (!is_direct && !strictlyless)
	{
3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986
		/* Looking for partRule <= expr comparator */
		funcInfo = &rs->lefuncs_inverse[keyno];
	}

	Assert(NULL != funcInfo);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3987 3988
	if (!OidIsValid(funcInfo->fn_oid))
	{
3989 3990
		/* We haven't looked up this comparator before, let's do it now */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3991 3992
		if (is_direct)
		{
3993 3994 3995 3996
			/* Looking for "direct" comparators (expr OP partRule ) */
			lhsOid = exprTypeOid;
			rhsOid = ruleTypeOid;
		}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
3997 3998
		else
		{
3999 4000 4001 4002 4003
			/* Looking for "inverse" comparators (partRule OP expr ) */
			lhsOid = ruleTypeOid;
			rhsOid = exprTypeOid;
		}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4004 4005
		Oid			funcid = get_less_than_oper(lhsOid, rhsOid, strictlyless);

4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030
		fmgr_info(funcid, funcInfo);
	}

	Assert(OidIsValid(funcInfo->fn_oid));
	return funcInfo;
}

/*
 * range_test
 *   Test if an expression value falls in the range of a given partition rule
 *
 *  Input parameters:
 *    tupval: The value of the expression
 *    ruleTypeOid: The type of the partition rule boundaries
 *    exprTypeOid: The type of the expression (can be different from ruleTypeOid
 *      if types can be directly compared with each other)
 *    rs: The partition range state
 *    keyno: The index of the partitioning key considered (for composite partitioning keys)
 *    rule: The rule whose boundaries we're testing
 *
 */
static int
range_test(Datum tupval, Oid ruleTypeOid, Oid exprTypeOid, PartitionRangeState *rs, int keyno,
		   PartitionRule *rule)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4031 4032 4033
	Const	   *c = NULL;
	FmgrInfo   *finfo;
	Datum		res;
4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042

	Assert(PointerIsValid(rule->parrangestart) ||
		   PointerIsValid(rule->parrangeend));

	/* might be a rule with no START value */
	if (PointerIsValid(rule->parrangestart))
	{
		Assert(IsA(rule->parrangestart, List));
#if NOT_YET
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4043
		c = (Const *) list_nth((List *) rule->parrangestart, keyno);
4044
#else
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4045
		c = (Const *) linitial((List *) rule->parrangestart);
4046 4047 4048
#endif

		/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4049 4050 4051 4052
		 * Is the value in the range? If rule->parrangestartincl, we request
		 * for comparator ruleVal <= exprVal ( ==> strictly_less = false)
		 * Otherwise, we request comparator ruleVal < exprVal ( ==>
		 * strictly_less = true)
4053
		 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4054
		finfo = get_less_than_comparator(keyno, rs, ruleTypeOid, exprTypeOid, !rule->parrangestartincl /* strictly_less */ , false /* is_direct */ );
A
Asim R P 已提交
4055
		res = FunctionCall2Coll(finfo, c->constcollid, c->constvalue, tupval);
4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064

		if (!DatumGetBool(res))
			return -1;
	}

	/* There might be no END value */
	if (PointerIsValid(rule->parrangeend))
	{
#if NOT_YET
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4065
		c = (Const *) list_nth((List *) rule->parrangeend, keyno);
4066
#else
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4067
		c = (Const *) linitial((List *) rule->parrangeend);
4068 4069 4070
#endif

		/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4071 4072 4073 4074
		 * Is the value in the range? If rule->parrangeendincl, we request for
		 * comparator exprVal <= ruleVal ( ==> strictly_less = false)
		 * Otherwise, we request comparator exprVal < ruleVal ( ==>
		 * strictly_less = true)
4075
		 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4076
		finfo = get_less_than_comparator(keyno, rs, ruleTypeOid, exprTypeOid, !rule->parrangeendincl /* strictly_less */ , true /* is_direct */ );
A
Asim R P 已提交
4077
		res = FunctionCall2Coll(finfo, c->constcollid, tupval, c->constvalue);
4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095

		if (!DatumGetBool(res))
		{
			return 1;
		}
	}
	return 0;
}

/*
 * Given a partition specific part, a tuple as represented by values and isnull and
 * a list of rules, return an Oid in *foundOid or the next set of rules.
 */
static PartitionNode *
selectRangePartition(PartitionNode *partnode, Datum *values, bool *isnull,
					 TupleDesc tupdesc, PartitionAccessMethods *accessMethods,
					 Oid *foundOid, int *pSearch, PartitionRule **prule, Oid exprTypeOid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101
	List	   *rules = partnode->rules;
	int			high = list_length(rules) - 1;
	int			low = 0;
	int			searchpoint = 0;
	int			mid = 0;
	bool		matched = false;
4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107
	PartitionRule *rule = NULL;
	PartitionNode *pNode = NULL;
	PartitionRangeState *rs = NULL;
	MemoryContext oldcxt = NULL;

	Assert(partnode->part->parkind == 'r');
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4108 4109 4110 4111 4112

	/*
	 * For composite partitioning keys, exprTypeOid should always be
	 * InvalidOid
	 */
4113 4114 4115
	AssertImply(partnode->part->parnatts > 1, !OidIsValid(exprTypeOid));

	if (accessMethods && accessMethods->amstate[partnode->part->parlevel])
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4116
		rs = (PartitionRangeState *) accessMethods->amstate[partnode->part->parlevel];
4117 4118
	else
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4119
		int			natts = partnode->part->parnatts;
4120 4121

		/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4122 4123
		 * We're still in our caller's memory context so the memory will
		 * persist long enough for us.
4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131
		 */
		rs = palloc(sizeof(PartitionRangeState));
		rs->lefuncs_direct = palloc0(sizeof(FmgrInfo) * natts);
		rs->ltfuncs_direct = palloc0(sizeof(FmgrInfo) * natts);
		rs->lefuncs_inverse = palloc0(sizeof(FmgrInfo) * natts);
		rs->ltfuncs_inverse = palloc0(sizeof(FmgrInfo) * natts);

		/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4132 4133
		 * Set the function Oid to InvalidOid to signal that we haven't looked
		 * up this function yet
4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143
		 */
		for (int keyno = 0; keyno < natts; keyno++)
		{
			rs->lefuncs_direct[keyno].fn_oid = InvalidOid;
			rs->ltfuncs_direct[keyno].fn_oid = InvalidOid;
			rs->lefuncs_inverse[keyno].fn_oid = InvalidOid;
			rs->lefuncs_inverse[keyno].fn_oid = InvalidOid;
		}

		/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4144 4145
		 * Unrolling the rules into an array currently works for the top level
		 * partition only
4146 4147 4148
		 */
		if (partnode->part->parlevel == 0)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4149 4150
			int			i = 0;
			ListCell   *lc;
4151 4152 4153 4154

			rs->rules = palloc(sizeof(PartitionRule *) * list_length(rules));

			foreach(lc, rules)
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4155
				rs->rules[i++] = (PartitionRule *) lfirst(lc);
4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176
		}
		else
			rs->rules = NULL;
	}

	if (accessMethods && accessMethods->part_cxt)
		oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(accessMethods->part_cxt);

	*foundOid = InvalidOid;

	/*
	 * Use a binary search to try and pin point the region within the set of
	 * rules where the rule is. If the partition is across a single column,
	 * the rule located by the binary search is the only possible candidate.
	 * If the partition is across more than one column, we need to search
	 * sequentially to either side of the rule to see if the match is there.
	 * The reason for this complexity is the nature of find a point within an
	 * interval.
	 *
	 * Consider the following intervals:
	 *
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4177 4178
	 * 1. start( 1, 8)   end( 10,  9) 2. start( 1, 9)   end( 15, 10) 3. start(
	 * 1, 11)  end(100, 12) 4. start(15, 10)  end( 30, 11)
4179
	 *
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4180 4181
	 * If we were to try and find the partition for a tuple (25, 10), using
	 * the binary search for the first element, we'd select partition 3 but
4182 4183 4184 4185 4186
	 * partition 4 is also a candidate. It is only when we look at the second
	 * element that we find the single definitive rule.
	 */
	while (low <= high)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4187 4188 4189
		AttrNumber	attno = partnode->part->paratts[0];
		Datum		exprValue = values[attno - 1];
		int			ret;
4190

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4191
		mid = low + (high - low) / 2;
4192 4193 4194 4195

		if (rs->rules)
			rule = rs->rules[mid];
		else
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4196
			rule = (PartitionRule *) list_nth(rules, mid);
4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203

		if (isnull[attno - 1])
		{
			pNode = NULL;
			goto l_fin_range;
		}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4204 4205
		Oid			ruleTypeOid = tupdesc->attrs[attno - 1]->atttypid;

4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212
		if (OidIsValid(exprTypeOid))
		{
			ret = range_test(exprValue, ruleTypeOid, exprTypeOid, rs, 0, rule);
		}
		else
		{
			/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4213 4214
			 * In some cases, we don't have an expression type oid. In those
			 * cases, the expression and partition rules have the same type.
4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238
			 */
			ret = range_test(exprValue, ruleTypeOid, ruleTypeOid, rs, 0, rule);
		}

		if (ret > 0)
		{
			searchpoint = mid;
			low = mid + 1;
			continue;
		}
		else if (ret < 0)
		{
			high = mid - 1;
			continue;
		}
		else
		{
			matched = true;
			break;
		}
	}

	if (matched)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4239
		int			j;
4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250

		/* Non-composite partition key, we matched so we're done */
		if (partnode->part->parnatts == 1)
		{
			*foundOid = rule->parchildrelid;
			*prule = rule;

			pNode = rule->children;
			goto l_fin_range;
		}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4251 4252 4253 4254
		/*
		 * We have more than one partition key.. Must match on the other keys
		 * as well
		 */
4255 4256 4257
		j = mid;
		do
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4258 4259 4260
			int			i;
			bool		matched = true;
			bool		first_fail = false;
4261 4262 4263

			for (i = 0; i < partnode->part->parnatts; i++)
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4264 4265 4266
				AttrNumber	attno = partnode->part->paratts[i];
				Datum		d = values[attno - 1];
				int			ret;
4267 4268

				if (j != mid)
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4269
					rule = (PartitionRule *) list_nth(rules, j);
4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276

				if (isnull[attno - 1])
				{
					pNode = NULL;
					goto l_fin_range;
				}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282
				Oid			ruleTypeOid = tupdesc->attrs[attno - 1]->atttypid;

				/*
				 * For composite partition keys, we don't support casting
				 * comparators, so both sides must be of identical types
				 */
4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318
				Assert(!OidIsValid(exprTypeOid));
				ret = range_test(d, ruleTypeOid, ruleTypeOid,
								 rs, i, rule);
				if (ret != 0)
				{
					matched = false;

					/*
					 * If we've gone beyond the boundary of rules which match
					 * the first tuple, no use looking further
					 */
					if (i == 0)
						first_fail = true;

					break;
				}
			}

			if (first_fail)
				break;

			if (matched)
			{
				*foundOid = rule->parchildrelid;
				*prule = rule;

				pNode = rule->children;
				goto l_fin_range;
			}

		}
		while (--j >= 0);

		j = mid;
		do
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4319 4320 4321
			int			i;
			bool		matched = true;
			bool		first_fail = false;
4322 4323 4324

			for (i = 0; i < partnode->part->parnatts; i++)
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4325 4326 4327
				AttrNumber	attno = partnode->part->paratts[i];
				Datum		d = values[attno - 1];
				int			ret;
4328

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4329
				rule = (PartitionRule *) list_nth(rules, j);
4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336

				if (isnull[attno - 1])
				{
					pNode = NULL;
					goto l_fin_range;
				}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342
				Oid			ruleTypeOid = tupdesc->attrs[attno - 1]->atttypid;

				/*
				 * For composite partition keys, we don't support casting
				 * comparators, so both sides must be of identical types
				 */
4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372
				Assert(!OidIsValid(exprTypeOid));
				ret = range_test(d, ruleTypeOid, ruleTypeOid, rs, i, rule);
				if (ret != 0)
				{
					matched = false;

					/*
					 * If we've gone beyond the boundary of rules which match
					 * the first tuple, no use looking further
					 */
					if (i == 0)
						first_fail = true;

					break;
				}
			}

			if (first_fail)
				break;
			if (matched)
			{
				*foundOid = rule->parchildrelid;
				*prule = rule;

				pNode = rule->children;
				goto l_fin_range;
			}

		}
		while (++j < list_length(rules));
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4373
	}							/* end if matched */
4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384

	pNode = NULL;

l_fin_range:
	if (pSearch)
		*pSearch = searchpoint;

	if (oldcxt)
		MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);

	if (accessMethods)
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4385
		accessMethods->amstate[partnode->part->parlevel] = (void *) rs;
4386 4387

	return pNode;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4388
}								/* end selectrangepartition */
4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404


/*
 * selectPartition1()
 *
 * Given pdata and prules, try and find a suitable partition for the input key.
 * values is an array of datums representing the partitioning key, isnull
 * tells us which of those is NULL. pSearch allows the caller to get the
 * position in the partition range where the key falls (might be hypothetical).
 */
static Oid
selectPartition1(PartitionNode *partnode, Datum *values, bool *isnull,
				 TupleDesc tupdesc, PartitionAccessMethods *accessMethods,
				 int *pSearch,
				 PartitionNode **ppn_out)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4405 4406
	Oid			relid = InvalidOid;
	Partition  *part = partnode->part;
4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415
	PartitionNode *pn = NULL;
	PartitionRule *prule = NULL;

	if (ppn_out)
		*ppn_out = NULL;

	/* what kind of partition? */
	switch (part->parkind)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4416
		case 'r':				/* range */
4417 4418 4419
			pn = selectRangePartition(partnode, values, isnull, tupdesc,
									  accessMethods, &relid, pSearch, &prule, InvalidOid);
			break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4420
		case 'l':				/* list */
4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450
			pn = selectListPartition(partnode, values, isnull, tupdesc,
									 accessMethods, &relid, &prule, InvalidOid);
			break;
		default:
			elog(ERROR, "unrecognized partitioning kind '%c'",
				 part->parkind);
			break;
	}

	if (pn)
	{
		if (ppn_out)
		{
			*ppn_out = pn;
			return relid;
		}
		return selectPartition1(pn, values, isnull, tupdesc, accessMethods,
								pSearch, ppn_out);
	}
	else
	{
		/* retry a default */
		if (partnode->default_part && !OidIsValid(relid))
		{
			if (partnode->default_part->children)
			{
				if (ppn_out)
				{
					*ppn_out = partnode->default_part->children;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4451 4452 4453
					/*
					 * don't return the relid, it is invalid -- return the
					 * relid of the default partition instead
4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492
					 */
					return partnode->default_part->parchildrelid;
				}
				return selectPartition1(partnode->default_part->children,
										values, isnull, tupdesc, accessMethods,
										pSearch, ppn_out);
			}
			else
				return partnode->default_part->parchildrelid;
		}
		else
			return relid;
	}
}

Oid
selectPartition(PartitionNode *partnode, Datum *values, bool *isnull,
				TupleDesc tupdesc, PartitionAccessMethods *accessMethods)
{
	return selectPartition1(partnode, values, isnull, tupdesc, accessMethods,
							NULL, NULL);
}

/*
 * get_next_level_matched_partition()
 *
 * Given pdata and prules, try to find a suitable partition for the input key.
 * values is an array of datums representing the partitioning key, isnull
 * tells us which of those is NULL. It will return NULL if no part matches.
 *
 * Input parameters:
 * partnode: the PartitionNode that we search for matched parts
 * values, isnull: datum values to search for parts
 * tupdesc: TupleDesc for retrieving values
 * accessMethods: PartitionAccessMethods
 * exprTypid: the type of the datum
 *
 * return: PartitionRule of which constraints match the input key
 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4493
PartitionRule *
4494
get_next_level_matched_partition(PartitionNode *partnode, Datum *values, bool *isnull,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4495 4496
								 TupleDesc tupdesc, PartitionAccessMethods *accessMethods,
								 Oid exprTypid)
4497
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4498 4499
	Oid			relid = InvalidOid;
	Partition  *part = partnode->part;
4500 4501 4502 4503 4504
	PartitionRule *prule = NULL;

	/* what kind of partition? */
	switch (part->parkind)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4505
		case 'r':				/* range */
4506
			selectRangePartition(partnode, values, isnull, tupdesc,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4507
								 accessMethods, &relid, NULL, &prule, exprTypid);
4508
			break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4509
		case 'l':				/* list */
4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545
			selectListPartition(partnode, values, isnull, tupdesc,
								accessMethods, &relid, &prule, exprTypid);
			break;
		default:
			elog(ERROR, "unrecognized partitioning kind '%c'",
				 part->parkind);
			break;
	}

	if (NULL != prule)
	{
		return prule;
	}
	/* retry a default */
	return partnode->default_part;
}

/*
 * get_part_rule
 *
 * find PartitionNode and the PartitionRule for a partition if it
 * exists.
 *
 * If bExistError is not set, just return the PgPartRule.
 * If bExistError is set, return an error message based upon
 * bMustExist.  That is, if the table does not exist and
 * bMustExist=true then return an error.  Conversely, if the table
 * *does* exist and bMustExist=false then return an error.
 *
 * If pSearch is set, return a ptr to the position where the pid
 * *might* be.  For get_part_rule1, pNode is the position to start at
 * (ie not necessarily at the top).  relname is a char string to
 * describe the current relation/partition for error messages, eg
 * 'relation "foo"' or 'partition "baz" of relation "foo"'.
 *
 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4546
PgPartRule *
4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554
get_part_rule1(Relation rel,
			   AlterPartitionId *pid,
			   bool bExistError,
			   bool bMustExist,
			   int *pSearch,
			   PartitionNode *pNode,
			   char *relname,
			   PartitionNode **ppNode
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4555
)
4556
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4557
	char		namBuf[NAMEDATALEN];	/* the real partition name */
4558 4559

	/* a textual representation of the partition id (for error msgs) */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4560
	char		partIdStr[(NAMEDATALEN * 2)];
4561

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4562
	PgPartRule *prule = NULL;
4563

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4564 4565
	Oid			partrelid = InvalidOid;
	int			idrank = 0;		/* only set for range partns by rank */
4566 4567 4568 4569

	if (!pid)
		ereport(ERROR,
				(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
4570
				 errmsg("no partition id specified for \"%s\"",
4571 4572 4573 4574
						relname)));

	namBuf[0] = 0;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4575 4576 4577
	/*
	 * build the partition "id string" for error messages as a partition name,
	 * value, or rank.
4578
	 *
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4579
	 * Later on, if we discover (the partition exists) and (it has a name)
4580 4581 4582 4583
	 * then we update the partIdStr to the name
	 */
	switch (pid->idtype)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4584
		case AT_AP_IDNone:		/* no ID */
4585 4586 4587 4588
			/* should never happen */
			partIdStr[0] = 0;

			break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4589
		case AT_AP_IDName:		/* IDentify by Name */
4590 4591 4592 4593 4594
			snprintf(partIdStr, sizeof(partIdStr), " \"%s\"",
					 strVal(pid->partiddef));
			snprintf(namBuf, sizeof(namBuf), "%s",
					 strVal(pid->partiddef));
			break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4595
		case AT_AP_IDValue:		/* IDentifier FOR Value */
4596 4597
			snprintf(partIdStr, sizeof(partIdStr), " for specified value");
			break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4598 4599 4600
		case AT_AP_IDRank:		/* IDentifier FOR Rank */
			{
				snprintf(partIdStr, sizeof(partIdStr), " for specified rank");
4601

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607
				if (IsA(pid->partiddef, Integer))
					idrank = intVal(pid->partiddef);
				else if (IsA(pid->partiddef, Float))
					idrank = floor(floatVal(pid->partiddef));
				else
					Assert(false);
4608

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4609 4610 4611 4612
				snprintf(partIdStr, sizeof(partIdStr),
						 " for rank %d",
						 idrank);
			}
4613
			break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4614
		case AT_AP_ID_oid:		/* IDentifier by oid */
4615
			snprintf(partIdStr, sizeof(partIdStr), " for oid %u",
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4616
					 *((Oid *) (pid->partiddef)));
4617
			break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4618
		case AT_AP_IDDefault:	/* IDentify DEFAULT partition */
4619 4620 4621
			snprintf(partIdStr, sizeof(partIdStr), " for DEFAULT");
			break;
		case AT_AP_IDRule:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630
			{
				PgPartRule *p = linitial((List *) pid->partiddef);

				snprintf(partIdStr, sizeof(partIdStr), "%s",
						 p->partIdStr);
				return p;
				break;
			}
		default:				/* XXX XXX */
4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640
			Assert(false);

	}

	if (bExistError && !pNode)
		ereport(ERROR,
				(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
				 errmsg("%s is not partitioned",
						relname)));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4641 4642 4643
	/*
	 * if id is a value or rank, get the relid of the partition if it exists
	 */
4644 4645 4646 4647
	if (pNode)
	{
		if (pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDValue)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4648 4649 4650 4651 4652
			TupleDesc	tupledesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
			bool	   *isnull;
			PartitionNode *pNode2 = NULL;
			Datum	   *d = magic_expr_to_datum(rel, pNode,
												pid->partiddef, &isnull);
4653

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4654 4655 4656 4657
			/*
			 * MPP-4011: get right pid for FOR(value).  pass a pNode ptr down
			 * to prevent recursion in selectPartition -- we only want the
			 * top-most partition for the value in this case
4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667
			 */
			if (ppNode)
				partrelid = selectPartition1(pNode, d, isnull, tupledesc, NULL,
											 pSearch, ppNode);
			else
				partrelid = selectPartition1(pNode, d, isnull, tupledesc, NULL,
											 pSearch, &pNode2);

			/* build a string rep for the value */
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4668 4669 4670
				ParseState *pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
				Node	   *pval = (Node *) pid->partiddef;
				char	   *idval = NULL;
4671

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4672
				pval = (Node *) transformExpressionList(pstate,
4673 4674
														(List *) pval,
														EXPR_KIND_PARTITION_EXPRESSION);
4675 4676 4677 4678

				free_parsestate(pstate);

				idval =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4679 4680 4681 4682
					deparse_expression(pval,
									   deparse_context_for(RelationGetRelationName(rel),
														   RelationGetRelid(rel)),
									   false, false);
4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692

				if (idval)
					snprintf(partIdStr, sizeof(partIdStr),
							 " for value (%s)",
							 idval);
			}

		}
		else if (pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDRank)
		{
4693
			if (pNode->part->parkind == 'l')
4694 4695
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
4696
						 errmsg("cannot find partition by RANK -- \"%s\" is LIST partitioned",
4697
								relname)));
4698

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4699
			partrelid = selectPartitionByRank(pNode, idrank);
4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705
		}
	}

	/* check thru the list of partition rules to match by relid or name */
	if (pNode)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4706 4707
		ListCell   *lc;
		int			rulerank = 1;
4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716

		/* set up the relid for the default partition if necessary */
		if ((pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDDefault)
			&& pNode->default_part)
			partrelid = pNode->default_part->parchildrelid;

		foreach(lc, pNode->rules)
		{
			PartitionRule *rule = lfirst(lc);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4717
			bool		foundit = false;
4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747

			if ((pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDValue)
				|| (pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDRank))
			{
				if ((partrelid != InvalidOid)
					&& (partrelid == rule->parchildrelid))
				{
					foundit = true;

					if (strlen(rule->parname))
					{
						snprintf(partIdStr, sizeof(partIdStr), " \"%s\"",
								 rule->parname);
						snprintf(namBuf, sizeof(namBuf), "%s",
								 rule->parname);
					}
				}
			}
			else if (pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDName)
			{
				if (0 == strcmp(rule->parname, namBuf))
					foundit = true;
			}

			if (foundit)
			{
				prule = makeNode(PgPartRule);

				prule->pNode = pNode;
				prule->topRule = rule;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4748
				prule->topRuleRank = rulerank;	/* 1-based */
4749 4750 4751 4752
				prule->relname = relname;
				break;
			}
			rulerank++;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4753
		}						/* end foreach */
4754 4755 4756 4757 4758

		/* if cannot find, check default partition */
		if (!prule && pNode->default_part)
		{
			PartitionRule *rule = pNode->default_part;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4759
			bool		foundit = false;
4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794

			if ((pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDValue)
				|| (pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDRank)
				|| (pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDDefault))
			{
				if ((partrelid != InvalidOid)
					&& (partrelid == rule->parchildrelid))
				{
					foundit = true;

					if (strlen(rule->parname))
					{
						snprintf(partIdStr, sizeof(partIdStr), " \"%s\"",
								 rule->parname);
						snprintf(namBuf, sizeof(namBuf), "%s",
								 rule->parname);
					}
				}
			}
			else if (pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDName)
			{
				if (0 == strcmp(rule->parname, namBuf))
					foundit = true;
			}

			if (foundit)
			{
				prule = makeNode(PgPartRule);

				prule->pNode = pNode;
				prule->topRule = rule;
				prule->topRuleRank = 0; /* 1-based -- 0 means no rank */
				prule->relname = relname;
			}
		}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4795
	}							/* end if pnode */
4796

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4797 4798 4799 4800 4801
	/*
	 * if the partition exists, set the "id string" in prule and indicate
	 * whether it is the partition name.  The ATPExec commands will notify
	 * users of the "real" name if the original specification was by value or
	 * rank
4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819
	 */
	if (prule)
	{
		prule->partIdStr = pstrdup(partIdStr);
		prule->isName = (strlen(namBuf) > 0);
	}

	if (!bExistError)
		goto L_fin_partrule;

	/* MPP-3722: complain if for(value) matches the default partition */
	if ((pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDValue)
		&& prule &&
		(prule->topRule == prule->pNode->default_part))
	{
		if (bMustExist)
			ereport(ERROR,
					(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
4820 4821 4822
					 errmsg("FOR expression matches DEFAULT partition%s of %s",
							prule->isName ? partIdStr : "", relname),
					 errhint("FOR expression may only specify a non-default partition in this context.")));
4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829

	}

	if (bMustExist && !prule)
	{
		switch (pid->idtype)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4830
			case AT_AP_IDNone:	/* no ID */
4831 4832 4833
				/* should never happen */
				Assert(false);
				break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4834 4835 4836 4837
			case AT_AP_IDName:	/* IDentify by Name */
			case AT_AP_IDValue: /* IDentifier FOR Value */
			case AT_AP_IDRank:	/* IDentifier FOR Rank */
			case AT_AP_ID_oid:	/* IDentifier by oid */
4838 4839 4840
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
						 errmsg("partition%s of %s does not exist",
4841
								partIdStr, relname)));
4842
				break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4843
			case AT_AP_IDDefault:	/* IDentify DEFAULT partition */
4844 4845 4846 4847 4848
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
						 errmsg("DEFAULT partition of %s does not exist",
								relname)));
				break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4849
			default:			/* XXX XXX */
4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857
				Assert(false);

		}
	}
	else if (!bMustExist && prule)
	{
		switch (pid->idtype)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4858
			case AT_AP_IDNone:	/* no ID */
4859 4860 4861
				/* should never happen */
				Assert(false);
				break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4862 4863 4864 4865
			case AT_AP_IDName:	/* IDentify by Name */
			case AT_AP_IDValue: /* IDentifier FOR Value */
			case AT_AP_IDRank:	/* IDentifier FOR Rank */
			case AT_AP_ID_oid:	/* IDentifier by oid */
4866 4867 4868
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
						 errmsg("partition%s of %s already exists",
4869
								partIdStr, relname)));
4870
				break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4871
			case AT_AP_IDDefault:	/* IDentify DEFAULT partition */
4872 4873 4874
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
						 errmsg("DEFAULT partition%s of %s already exists",
4875
								prule->isName ? partIdStr : "", relname)));
4876
				break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4877
			default:			/* XXX XXX */
4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886
				Assert(false);

		}

	}

L_fin_partrule:

	return prule;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4887
}								/* end get_part_rule1 */
4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896

PgPartRule *
get_part_rule(Relation rel,
			  AlterPartitionId *pid,
			  bool bExistError,
			  bool bMustExist,
			  int *pSearch,
			  bool inctemplate)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4897 4898 4899 4900
	PartitionNode *pNode = NULL;
	PartitionNode *pNode2 = NULL;
	char		relnamBuf[(NAMEDATALEN * 2)];
	char	   *relname;
4901

4902 4903 4904
	if (!pid)
		return NULL;

4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916
	snprintf(relnamBuf, sizeof(relnamBuf), "relation \"%s\"",
			 RelationGetRelationName(rel));

	relname = pstrdup(relnamBuf);

	pNode = RelationBuildPartitionDesc(rel, inctemplate);

	if (pid && ((pid->idtype != AT_AP_IDList)
				&& (pid->idtype != AT_AP_IDRule)))
		return get_part_rule1(rel,
							  pid,
							  bExistError, bMustExist,
4917
							  pSearch, pNode, relname, NULL);
4918 4919 4920

	if (pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDRule)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4921 4922 4923 4924
		List	   *l1 = (List *) pid->partiddef;
		ListCell   *lc;
		AlterPartitionId *pid2 = NULL;
		PgPartRule *prule2 = NULL;
4925 4926

		lc = list_head(l1);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4927
		prule2 = (PgPartRule *) lfirst(lc);
4928 4929 4930 4931 4932
		if (prule2 && prule2->topRule && prule2->topRule->children)
			pNode = prule2->topRule->children;

		lc = lnext(lc);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4933
		pid2 = (AlterPartitionId *) lfirst(lc);
4934

4935 4936
		return get_part_rule1(rel, pid2, bExistError, bMustExist, pSearch,
							  pNode, pstrdup(prule2->relname), &pNode2);
4937 4938 4939 4940
	}

	if (pid->idtype == AT_AP_IDList)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946
		List	   *l1 = (List *) pid->partiddef;
		ListCell   *lc;
		AlterPartitionId *pid2 = NULL;
		PgPartRule *prule2 = NULL;
		StringInfoData sid1,
					sid2;
4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954

		initStringInfo(&sid1);
		initStringInfo(&sid2);
		appendStringInfoString(&sid1, relnamBuf);

		foreach(lc, l1)
		{

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4955
			pid2 = (AlterPartitionId *) lfirst(lc);
4956 4957 4958 4959

			prule2 = get_part_rule1(rel,
									pid2,
									bExistError, bMustExist,
4960
									pSearch, pNode, sid1.data, &pNode2);
4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971

			pNode = pNode2;

			if (!pNode)
			{
				if (prule2 && prule2->topRule && prule2->topRule->children)
					pNode = prule2->topRule->children;
			}

			appendStringInfo(&sid2, "partition%s of %s",
							 prule2->partIdStr, sid1.data);
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
4972
			resetStringInfo(&sid1);
4973
			appendStringInfo(&sid1, "%s", sid2.data);
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
4974
			resetStringInfo(&sid2);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4975
		}						/* end foreach */
4976 4977 4978 4979

		return prule2;
	}
	return NULL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4980
}								/* end get_part_rule */
4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987

static void
fixup_table_storage_options(CreateStmt *ct)
{
	if (!ct->options)
	{
		ct->options = list_make2(makeDefElem("appendonly",
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4988
											 (Node *) makeString("true")),
4989
								 makeDefElem("orientation",
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
4990
											 (Node *) makeString("column")));
4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004
	}
}

/*
 * The user is adding a partition and we have a subpartition template that has
 * been brought into the mix. At partition create time, if the user added any
 * storage encodings to the subpartition template, we would have cached them in
 * pg_partition_encoding. Retrieve them now, deparse and apply to the
 * PartitionSpec as if this was CREATE TABLE.
 */
static void
apply_template_storage_encodings(CreateStmt *ct, Oid relid, Oid paroid,
								 PartitionSpec *tmpl)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5005
	List	   *encs = get_deparsed_partition_encodings(relid, paroid);
5006 5007 5008 5009

	if (encs)
	{
		/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5010 5011
		 * If the user didn't specify WITH (...) at create time, we need to
		 * force the new partitions to be AO/CO.
5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025
		 */
		fixup_table_storage_options(ct);
		tmpl->partElem = list_concat(tmpl->partElem,
									 encs);
	}
}

/*
 * atpxPart_validate_spec: kludge up a PartitionBy statement and use
 * validate_partition_spec to transform and validate a partition
 * boundary spec.
 */

static int
A
Asim R P 已提交
5026
atpxPart_validate_spec(PartitionBy *pBy,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034
					   Relation rel,
					   CreateStmt *ct,
					   PartitionElem *pelem,
					   PartitionNode *pNode,
					   char *partName,
					   bool isDefault,
					   PartitionByType part_type,
					   char *partDesc)
5035
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5036 5037
	PartitionSpec *spec = makeNode(PartitionSpec);
	List	   *schema = NIL;
5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044
	List *constraints = NIL;
	RangeVar *parent_rv = makeRangeVar(
		get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(rel)),
		pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
		-1);
	SetSchemaAndConstraints(parent_rv, &schema, &constraints);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5045 5046
	int			result;
	PartitionNode *pNode_tmpl = NULL;
5047 5048 5049

	spec->partElem = list_make1(pelem);

5050
	pelem->partName = partName;
5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060
	pelem->isDefault = isDefault;
	pelem->AddPartDesc = pstrdup(partDesc);

	/* generate a random name for the partition relation if necessary */
	if (partName)
		pelem->rrand = 0;
	else
		pelem->rrand = random();

	pBy->partType = part_type;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5061 5062 5063
	pBy->keys = NULL;
	pBy->subPart = NULL;
	pBy->partSpec = (Node *) spec;
5064 5065 5066
	pBy->partDepth = pNode->part->parlevel;
	/* Note: pBy->partQuiet already set by caller */
	pBy->parentRel =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5067 5068 5069
		makeRangeVar(get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(rel)),
					 pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(rel)), -1);
	pBy->location = -1;
5070
	pBy->partDefault = NULL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5071 5072 5073 5074
	pBy->bKeepMe = true;		/* nefarious: we need to keep the "top"
								 * partition by statement because
								 * analyze.c:do_parse_analyze needs to find it
								 * to re-order the ALTER statements */
5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080

	/* fixup the pnode_tmpl to get the right parlevel */
	if (pNode && (pNode->rules || pNode->default_part))
	{
		pNode_tmpl = get_parts(pNode->part->parrelid,
							   pNode->part->parlevel + 1,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5081
							   InvalidOid,	/* no parent for template */
5082
							   true,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5083 5084
							   true /* includesubparts */
			);
5085 5086
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5087
	{							/* find the partitioning keys (recursively) */
5088

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5089 5090 5091
		PartitionBy *pBy2 = pBy;
		PartitionBy *parent_pBy2 = NULL;
		PartitionNode *pNode2 = pNode;
5092

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5093 5094 5095 5096 5097
		int			ii;
		TupleDesc	tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
		List	   *pbykeys = NIL;
		List	   *pbyopclass = NIL;
		Oid			accessMethodId = BTREE_AM_OID;
5098 5099 5100

		while (pNode2)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5101
			pbykeys = NIL;
5102 5103 5104 5105
			pbyopclass = NIL;

			for (ii = 0; ii < pNode2->part->parnatts; ii++)
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5106
				AttrNumber	attno =
5107
				pNode2->part->paratts[ii];
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5108
				Form_pg_attribute attribute =
5109
				tupleDesc->attrs[attno - 1];
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5110
				char	   *attributeName =
5111
				NameStr(attribute->attname);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5112
				Oid			opclass =
5113 5114 5115
				InvalidOid;

				opclass =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5116
					GetDefaultOpClass(attribute->atttypid, accessMethodId);
5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127

				if (pbykeys)
				{
					pbykeys = lappend(pbykeys, makeString(attributeName));
					pbyopclass = lappend_oid(pbyopclass, opclass);
				}
				else
				{
					pbykeys = list_make1(makeString(attributeName));
					pbyopclass = list_make1_oid(opclass);
				}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5128
			}					/* end for */
5129 5130 5131 5132 5133

			pBy2->keys = pbykeys;
			pBy2->keyopclass = pbyopclass;

			if (parent_pBy2)
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5134
				parent_pBy2->subPart = (Node *) pBy2;
5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140

			parent_pBy2 = pBy2;

			if (pNode2 && (pNode2->rules || pNode2->default_part))
			{
				PartitionRule *prule;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5141
				PartitionElem *el = NULL;	/* for the subpartn template */
5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151

				if (pNode2->default_part)
					prule = pNode2->default_part;
				else
					prule = linitial(pNode2->rules);

				if (prule && prule->children)
				{
					pNode2 = prule->children;

5152
					Assert(('l' == pNode2->part->parkind) ||
5153 5154 5155
						   ('r' == pNode2->part->parkind));

					pBy2 = makeNode(PartitionBy);
5156
					pBy2->partType = char_to_parttype(pNode2->part->parkind);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5157 5158 5159
					pBy2->keys = NULL;
					pBy2->subPart = NULL;
					pBy2->partSpec = NULL;
5160 5161 5162
					pBy2->partDepth = pNode2->part->parlevel;
					pBy2->partQuiet = pBy->partQuiet;
					pBy2->parentRel =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5163 5164 5165 5166 5167
						makeRangeVar(
									 get_namespace_name(
														RelationGetNamespace(rel)),
									 pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(rel)), -1);
					pBy2->location = -1;
5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175
					pBy2->partDefault = NULL;

					el = NULL;

					/* build the template (if it exists) */
					if (pNode_tmpl)
					{
						PartitionSpec *spec_tmpl = makeNode(PartitionSpec);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5176
						ListCell   *lc;
5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186

						spec_tmpl->istemplate = true;

						/* add entries for rules at current level */
						foreach(lc, pNode_tmpl->rules)
						{
							PartitionRule *rule_tmpl = lfirst(lc);

							el = makeNode(PartitionElem);

5187 5188
							if (rule_tmpl->parname && strlen(rule_tmpl->parname) > 0)
								el->partName = rule_tmpl->parname;
5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195

							el->isDefault = rule_tmpl->parisdefault;

							/* MPP-6904: use storage options from template */
							if (rule_tmpl->parreloptions ||
								rule_tmpl->partemplatespaceId)
							{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5196
								Node	   *tspaceName = NULL;
5197 5198 5199
								AlterPartitionCmd *apc =
								makeNode(AlterPartitionCmd);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5200
								el->storeAttr = (Node *) apc;
5201 5202 5203

								if (rule_tmpl->partemplatespaceId)
									tspaceName =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5204 5205 5206 5207
										(Node *) makeString(
															get_tablespace_name(
																				rule_tmpl->partemplatespaceId
																				));
5208 5209

								apc->partid = NULL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5210 5211
								apc->arg2 = tspaceName;
								apc->arg1 = (Node *) rule_tmpl->parreloptions;
5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220

							}

							/* LIST */
							if (rule_tmpl->parlistvalues)
							{
								PartitionValuesSpec *vspec =
								makeNode(PartitionValuesSpec);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5221
								el->boundSpec = (Node *) vspec;
5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236

								vspec->partValues = rule_tmpl->parlistvalues;
							}

							/* RANGE */
							if (rule_tmpl->parrangestart ||
								rule_tmpl->parrangeend)
							{
								PartitionBoundSpec *bspec =
								makeNode(PartitionBoundSpec);
								PartitionRangeItem *ri;

								if (rule_tmpl->parrangestart)
								{
									ri =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5237
										makeNode(PartitionRangeItem);
5238 5239

									ri->partedge =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5240 5241 5242
										rule_tmpl->parrangestartincl ?
										PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE :
										PART_EDGE_EXCLUSIVE;
5243 5244

									ri->partRangeVal =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5245
										(List *) rule_tmpl->parrangestart;
5246

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5247
									bspec->partStart = (Node *) ri;
5248 5249 5250 5251 5252

								}
								if (rule_tmpl->parrangeend)
								{
									ri =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5253
										makeNode(PartitionRangeItem);
5254 5255

									ri->partedge =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5256 5257 5258
										rule_tmpl->parrangeendincl ?
										PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE :
										PART_EDGE_EXCLUSIVE;
5259 5260

									ri->partRangeVal =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5261
										(List *) rule_tmpl->parrangeend;
5262

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5263
									bspec->partEnd = (Node *) ri;
5264 5265 5266 5267 5268

								}
								if (rule_tmpl->parrangeevery)
								{
									ri =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5269
										makeNode(PartitionRangeItem);
5270 5271

									ri->partRangeVal =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5272
										(List *) rule_tmpl->parrangeevery;
5273

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5274
									bspec->partEvery = (Node *) ri;
5275 5276 5277

								}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5278
								el->boundSpec = (Node *) bspec;
5279

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5280
							}	/* end if RANGE */
5281 5282 5283

							spec_tmpl->partElem = lappend(spec_tmpl->partElem,
														  el);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5284
						}		/* end foreach */
5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294

						/* MPP-4725 */
						/* and the default partition */
						if (pNode_tmpl->default_part)
						{
							PartitionRule *rule_tmpl =
							pNode_tmpl->default_part;

							el = makeNode(PartitionElem);

5295 5296
							if (rule_tmpl->parname && strlen(rule_tmpl->parname) > 0)
								el->partName = rule_tmpl->parname;
5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306

							el->isDefault = rule_tmpl->parisdefault;

							spec_tmpl->partElem = lappend(spec_tmpl->partElem,
														  el);

						}

						/* apply storage encoding for this template */
						apply_template_storage_encodings(ct,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314
														 RelationGetRelid(rel),
														 pNode_tmpl->part->partid,
														 spec_tmpl);

						/*
						 * the PartitionElem should hang off the pby partspec,
						 * and subsequent templates should hang off the
						 * subspec for the prior PartitionElem.
5315 5316
						 */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5317
						pBy2->partSpec = (Node *) spec_tmpl;
5318

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5319
					}			/* end if pNode_tmpl */
5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325

					/* fixup the pnode_tmpl to get the right parlevel */
					if (pNode2 && (pNode2->rules || pNode2->default_part))
					{
						pNode_tmpl = get_parts(pNode2->part->parrelid,
											   pNode2->part->parlevel + 1,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5326 5327
											   InvalidOid,	/* no parent for
															 * template */
5328
											   true,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5329 5330
											   true /* includesubparts */
							);
5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339
					}

				}
				else
					pNode2 = NULL;
			}
			else
				pNode2 = NULL;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5340
		}						/* end while */
5341 5342
	}

A
Asim R P 已提交
5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351
	CreateStmtContext cxt;

	MemSet(&cxt, 0, sizeof(cxt));

	cxt.pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
	cxt.columns = schema;

	result = validate_partition_spec(&cxt, ct, pBy, "", -1);
	free_parsestate(cxt.pstate);
5352 5353

	return result;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5354
}								/* end atpxPart_validate_spec */
5355 5356 5357

Node *
atpxPartAddList(Relation rel,
5358 5359
				bool is_split,
				List *colencs,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5360
				PartitionNode *pNode,
5361
				char *partName, /* pid->partiddef (or NULL) */
5362 5363 5364
				bool isDefault,
				PartitionElem *pelem,
				PartitionByType part_type,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5365
				PgPartRule *par_prule,
5366 5367 5368 5369
				char *lrelname,
				bool bSetTemplate,
				Oid ownerid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376
	DestReceiver *dest = None_Receiver;
	int			maxpartno = 0;
	typedef enum
	{
		FIRST = 0,				/* New partition lies before first. */
		MIDDLE,					/* New partition lies in the middle. */
		LAST					/* New partition lies after last. */
5377 5378
	} NewPosition;
	NewPosition newPos = MIDDLE;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384
	bool		bOpenGap = false;
	PartitionBy *pBy;
	Node	   *pSubSpec = NULL;	/* return the subpartition spec */
	Relation	par_rel = rel;
	PartitionNode pNodebuf;
	PartitionNode *pNode2 = &pNodebuf;
5385
	CreateStmt *ct;
5386 5387 5388 5389

	/* get the relation for the parent of the new partition */
	if (par_prule && par_prule->topRule)
		par_rel =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5390
			heap_open(par_prule->topRule->parchildrelid, AccessShareLock);
5391

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5392
	Assert((PARTTYP_LIST == part_type) || (PARTTYP_RANGE == part_type));
5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399

	/* XXX XXX: handle case of missing boundary spec for range with EVERY */

	if (pelem && pelem->boundSpec)
	{
		if (PARTTYP_RANGE == part_type)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5400 5401 5402 5403 5404
			PartitionBoundSpec *pbs = NULL;
			PgPartRule *prule = NULL;
			AlterPartitionId pid;
			ParseState *pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
			TupleDesc	tupledesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
5405 5406 5407 5408

			MemSet(&pid, 0, sizeof(AlterPartitionId));

			pid.idtype = AT_AP_IDRank;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5409
			pid.location = -1;
5410

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5411
			Assert(IsA(pelem->boundSpec, PartitionBoundSpec));
5412

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5413 5414
			pbs = (PartitionBoundSpec *) pelem->boundSpec;
			pSubSpec = pelem->subSpec;	/* look for subpartition spec */
5415 5416 5417 5418 5419

			/* no EVERY */
			if (pbs->partEvery)
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
5420
						 errmsg("cannot specify EVERY when adding RANGE partition to %s",
5421 5422
								lrelname)));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5423
			if (!(pbs->partStart || pbs->partEnd))
5424 5425
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
5426
						 errmsg("need START or END when adding RANGE partition to %s",
5427 5428 5429 5430 5431
								lrelname)));

			/* if no START, then START after last partition */
			if (!(pbs->partStart))
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5432 5433 5434
				Datum	   *d_end = NULL;
				bool	   *isnull;
				bool		bstat;
5435

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5436
				pid.partiddef = (Node *) makeInteger(-1);
5437 5438

				prule = get_part_rule1(rel, &pid, false, false,
5439
									   NULL,
5440 5441 5442 5443
									   pNode,
									   lrelname,
									   &pNode2);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5444 5445 5446
				/*
				 * ok if no prior -- just means this is first partition (XXX
				 * XXX though should always have 1 partition in the table...)
5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456
				 */

				if (!(prule && prule->topRule))
				{
					maxpartno = 1;
					bOpenGap = true;
					goto L_fin_no_start;
				}

				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5457
					Node	   *n1;
5458

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5459
					if (!IsA(pbs->partEnd, PartitionRangeItem))
5460
					{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5461 5462 5463 5464
						/*
						 * pbs->partEnd isn't a PartitionRangeItem!  This
						 * probably means an invalid split of a default part,
						 * but we aren't really sure. See MPP-14613.
5465 5466 5467
						 */
						ereport(ERROR,
								(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
5468
								 errmsg("invalid partition range specification")));
5469 5470 5471
					}

					PartitionRangeItem *ri =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5472 5473
					(PartitionRangeItem *) pbs->partEnd;

5474 5475
					PartitionRangeItemIsValid(NULL, ri);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5476 5477
					n1 = (Node *) copyObject(ri->partRangeVal);
					n1 = (Node *) transformExpressionList(pstate,
5478 5479
														  (List *) n1,
														  EXPR_KIND_PARTITION_EXPRESSION);
5480 5481

					d_end =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5482 5483
						magic_expr_to_datum(rel, pNode,
											n1, &isnull);
5484 5485 5486
				}

				if (prule && prule->topRule && prule->topRule->parrangeend
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5487
					&& list_length((List *) prule->topRule->parrangeend))
5488 5489
				{
					bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5490 5491 5492 5493 5494
						compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
											   "pg_catalog",
											   "<",
											   (List *) prule->topRule->parrangeend,
											   d_end, isnull, tupledesc);
5495

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5496 5497 5498
					/*
					 * if the current end is less than the new end then use it
					 * as the start of the new partition
5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507
					 */

					if (bstat)
					{
						PartitionRangeItem *ri = makeNode(PartitionRangeItem);

						ri->location = -1;

						ri->partRangeVal =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5508
							copyObject(prule->topRule->parrangeend);
5509 5510 5511

						/* invert the inclusive/exclusive */
						ri->partedge = prule->topRule->parrangeendincl ?
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5512 5513
							PART_EDGE_EXCLUSIVE :
							PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE;
5514 5515 5516 5517

						/* should be final partition */
						maxpartno = prule->topRule->parruleord + 1;
						newPos = LAST;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5518
						pbs->partStart = (Node *) ri;
5519 5520 5521 5522
						goto L_fin_no_start;
					}
				}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5523 5524 5525 5526
				/*
				 * if the last partition doesn't have an end, or the end isn't
				 * less than the new end, check if new end is less than
				 * current start
5527 5528
				 */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5529
				pid.partiddef = (Node *) makeInteger(1);
5530 5531

				prule = get_part_rule1(rel, &pid, false, false,
5532
									   NULL,
5533 5534 5535 5536 5537
									   pNode,
									   lrelname,
									   &pNode2);

				if (!(prule && prule->topRule && prule->topRule->parrangestart
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5538
					  && list_length((List *) prule->topRule->parrangestart)))
5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544
					ereport(ERROR,
							(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
							 errmsg("new partition overlaps existing "
									"partition")));

				bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5545 5546 5547 5548 5549
					compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
										   "pg_catalog",
										   ">",
										   (List *) prule->topRule->parrangestart,
										   d_end, isnull, tupledesc);
5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559


				if (!bstat)
				{
					/*
					 * As we support explicit inclusive and exclusive ranges
					 * we need to be even more careful.
					 *
					 * We can proceed if we have the following:
					 *
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5560 5561
					 * END (R) EXCLUSIVE ; START (R) INCLUSIVE END (R)
					 * INCLUSIVE ; START (R) EXCLUSIVE
5562 5563 5564
					 *
					 * XXX: this should be refactored into a single generic
					 * function that can be used here and in the unbounded end
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5565 5566
					 * case, checked further down. That said, a lot of this
					 * code should be refactored.
5567
					 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5568
					PartitionRangeItem *ri = (PartitionRangeItem *) pbs->partEnd;
5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575

					if ((ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_EXCLUSIVE &&
						 prule->topRule->parrangestartincl) ||
						(ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE &&
						 !prule->topRule->parrangestartincl))
					{
						bstat = compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode, "pg_catalog", "=",
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5576
													   (List *) prule->topRule->parrangestart,
5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598
													   d_end, isnull, tupledesc);
					}

				}

				if (bstat)
				{
					/* should be first partition */
					maxpartno = prule->topRule->parruleord - 1;
					if (0 == maxpartno)
					{
						maxpartno = 1;
						bOpenGap = true;
					}
					newPos = FIRST;
				}
				else
					ereport(ERROR,
							(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
							 errmsg("new partition overlaps existing "
									"partition")));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5599 5600
		L_fin_no_start:
				bstat = false;	/* fix warning */
5601 5602 5603

			}
			else if (!(pbs->partEnd))
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5604 5605 5606
			{					/* if no END, then END before first partition
								 * *ONLY IF** START of this partition is
								 * before first partition ... */
5607

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5608 5609 5610
				Datum	   *d_start = NULL;
				bool	   *isnull;
				bool		bstat;
5611

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5612
				pid.partiddef = (Node *) makeInteger(1);
5613 5614

				prule = get_part_rule1(rel, &pid, false, false,
5615
									   NULL,
5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621
									   pNode,
									   lrelname,
									   &pNode2);

				/* NOTE: invert all the logic of case of missing partStart */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5622 5623 5624 5625 5626
				/*
				 * ok if no successor [?] -- just means this is first
				 * partition (XXX XXX though should always have 1 partition in
				 * the table... [XXX XXX unless did a SPLIT of a single
				 * partition !! ])
5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636
				 */

				if (!(prule && prule->topRule))
				{
					maxpartno = 1;
					bOpenGap = true;
					goto L_fin_no_end;
				}

				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5637
					Node	   *n1;
5638
					PartitionRangeItem *ri =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5639
					(PartitionRangeItem *) pbs->partStart;
5640 5641

					PartitionRangeItemIsValid(NULL, ri);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5642 5643
					n1 = (Node *) copyObject(ri->partRangeVal);
					n1 = (Node *) transformExpressionList(pstate,
5644 5645
														  (List *) n1,
														  EXPR_KIND_PARTITION_EXPRESSION);
5646 5647

					d_start =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5648 5649
						magic_expr_to_datum(rel, pNode,
											n1, &isnull);
5650 5651 5652 5653
				}


				if (prule && prule->topRule && prule->topRule->parrangestart
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5654
					&& list_length((List *) prule->topRule->parrangestart))
5655 5656
				{
					bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5657 5658 5659 5660 5661
						compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
											   "pg_catalog",
											   ">",
											   (List *) prule->topRule->parrangestart,
											   d_start, isnull, tupledesc);
5662

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5663 5664 5665
					/*
					 * if the current start is greater than the new start then
					 * use the current start as the end of the new partition
5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674
					 */

					if (bstat)
					{
						PartitionRangeItem *ri = makeNode(PartitionRangeItem);

						ri->location = -1;

						ri->partRangeVal =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5675
							copyObject(prule->topRule->parrangestart);
5676 5677 5678

						/* invert the inclusive/exclusive */
						ri->partedge = prule->topRule->parrangestartincl ?
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5679 5680
							PART_EDGE_EXCLUSIVE :
							PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE;
5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689

						/* should be first partition */
						maxpartno = prule->topRule->parruleord - 1;
						if (0 == maxpartno)
						{
							maxpartno = 1;
							bOpenGap = true;
						}
						newPos = FIRST;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5690
						pbs->partEnd = (Node *) ri;
5691 5692 5693 5694
						goto L_fin_no_end;
					}
				}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5695 5696 5697 5698
				/*
				 * if the first partition doesn't have an start, or the start
				 * isn't greater than the new start, check if new start is
				 * greater than current end
5699 5700
				 */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5701
				pid.partiddef = (Node *) makeInteger(-1);
5702 5703

				prule = get_part_rule1(rel, &pid, false, false,
5704
									   NULL,
5705 5706 5707 5708 5709
									   pNode,
									   lrelname,
									   &pNode2);

				if (!(prule && prule->topRule && prule->topRule->parrangeend
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5710
					  && list_length((List *) prule->topRule->parrangeend)))
5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716
					ereport(ERROR,
							(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
							 errmsg("new partition overlaps existing "
									"partition")));

				bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5717 5718 5719 5720 5721
					compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
										   "pg_catalog",
										   "<",
										   (List *) prule->topRule->parrangeend,
										   d_start, isnull, tupledesc);
5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730
				if (bstat)
				{
					/* should be final partition */
					maxpartno = prule->topRule->parruleord + 1;
					newPos = LAST;
				}
				else
				{
					PartitionRangeItem *ri =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5731
					(PartitionRangeItem *) pbs->partStart;
5732 5733 5734

					/* check for equality */
					bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5735 5736 5737 5738 5739
						compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
											   "pg_catalog",
											   "=",
											   (List *) prule->topRule->parrangeend,
											   d_start, isnull, tupledesc);
5740

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5741 5742 5743 5744 5745
					/*
					 * if new start not >= to current end, then new start <
					 * current end, so it overlaps. Or if new start == current
					 * end, but the inclusivity is not opposite for the
					 * boundaries (eg inclusive end abuts inclusive start for
5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758 5759 5760 5761
					 * same start/end value) then it overlaps
					 */
					if (!bstat ||
						(bstat &&
						 (prule->topRule->parrangeendincl ==
						  (ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE)))
						)
						ereport(ERROR,
								(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
								 errmsg("new partition overlaps existing "
										"partition")));

					/* doesn't overlap, should be final partition */
					maxpartno = prule->topRule->parruleord + 1;

				}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5762 5763
		L_fin_no_end:
				bstat = false;	/* fix warning */
5764 5765 5766 5767

			}
			else
			{					/* both start and end are specified */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5768 5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774
				PartitionRangeItem *ri;
				bool		bOverlap = false;
				bool	   *isnull;
				int			startSearchpoint;
				int			endSearchpoint;
				Datum	   *d_start = NULL;
				Datum	   *d_end = NULL;
5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780

				/* see if start or end overlaps */
				pid.idtype = AT_AP_IDValue;

				/* check the start */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5781
				ri = (PartitionRangeItem *) pbs->partStart;
5782 5783
				PartitionRangeItemIsValid(NULL, ri);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5784
				pid.partiddef = (Node *) copyObject(ri->partRangeVal);
5785
				pid.partiddef =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5786
					(Node *) transformExpressionList(pstate,
5787 5788
													 (List *) pid.partiddef,
													 EXPR_KIND_PARTITION_EXPRESSION);
5789 5790

				prule = get_part_rule1(rel, &pid, false, false,
5791
									   &startSearchpoint,
5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798
									   pNode,
									   lrelname,
									   &pNode2);

				/* found match for start value in rules */
				if (prule && !(prule->topRule->parisdefault && is_split))
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5799
					bool		bstat;
5800
					PartitionRule *a_rule = prule->topRule;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5801

5802
					d_start =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5803 5804
						magic_expr_to_datum(rel, pNode,
											pid.partiddef, &isnull);
5805

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5806 5807
					/*
					 * if start value was inclusive then it definitely
5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815
					 * overlaps
					 */
					if (ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE)
					{
						bOverlap = true;
						goto L_end_overlap;
					}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5816 5817
					/*
					 * not inclusive -- check harder if START really overlaps
5818 5819 5820
					 */

					if (0 ==
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5821
						list_length((List *) a_rule->parrangeend))
5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828
					{
						/* infinite end > new start - overlap */
						bOverlap = true;
						goto L_end_overlap;
					}

					bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5829 5830 5831 5832 5833
						compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
											   "pg_catalog",
											   ">",
											   (List *) a_rule->parrangeend,
											   d_start, isnull, tupledesc);
5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840
					if (bstat)
					{
						/* end > new start - overlap */
						bOverlap = true;
						goto L_end_overlap;
					}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5841 5842 5843 5844 5845
					/*
					 * Must be the case that new start == end of a_rule
					 * (because if the end < new start then how could we find
					 * it in the interval for prule ?) This is ok if they have
					 * opposite INCLUSIVE/EXCLUSIVE ->  New partition does not
5846 5847 5848
					 * overlap.
					 */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5849 5850 5851 5852 5853
					Assert(compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
												  "pg_catalog",
												  "=",
												  (List *) a_rule->parrangeend,
												  d_start, isnull, tupledesc));
5854 5855 5856 5857

					if (a_rule->parrangeendincl ==
						(ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE))
					{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5858 5859 5860
						/*
						 * start and end must be of opposite types, else they
						 * overlap
5861 5862 5863 5864 5865
						 */
						bOverlap = true;
						goto L_end_overlap;
					}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5866 5867 5868
					/*
					 * opposite inclusive/exclusive, so in middle of range of
					 * existing partitions
5869 5870 5871
					 */
					newPos = MIDDLE;
					goto L_check_end;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5872
				}				/* end if prule */
5873 5874 5875 5876

				/* check for basic case of START > last partition */
				if (pNode && pNode->rules && list_length(pNode->rules))
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5877
					bool		bstat;
5878
					PartitionRule *a_rule = /* get last rule */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5879 5880 5881
					(PartitionRule *) list_nth(pNode->rules,
											   list_length(pNode->rules) - 1);

5882
					d_start =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5883 5884
						magic_expr_to_datum(rel, pNode,
											pid.partiddef, &isnull);
5885 5886

					if (0 ==
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5887
						list_length((List *) a_rule->parrangeend))
5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893
					{
						/* infinite end > new start */
						bstat = false;
					}
					else
						bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5894 5895 5896 5897 5898
							compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
												   "pg_catalog",
												   "<",
												   (List *) a_rule->parrangeend,
												   d_start, isnull, tupledesc);
5899

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5900 5901 5902 5903 5904
					/*
					 * if the new partition start > end of the last partition
					 * then it is the new final partition. Don't bother
					 * checking the new end for overlap (just check if end >
					 * start in validation phase
5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914
					 */
					if (bstat)
					{
						newPos = LAST;
						/* should be final partition */
						maxpartno = a_rule->parruleord + 1;

						goto L_end_overlap;
					}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5915 5916 5917 5918
					/*
					 * could be the case that new start == end of last.  This
					 * is ok if they have opposite INCLUSIVE/EXCLUSIVE.  New
					 * partition is still final partition for this case
5919 5920 5921
					 */

					if (0 ==
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5922
						list_length((List *) a_rule->parrangeend))
5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928
					{
						/* infinite end > new start */
						bstat = false;
					}
					else
						bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5929 5930 5931 5932 5933
							compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
												   "pg_catalog",
												   "=",
												   (List *) a_rule->parrangeend,
												   d_start, isnull, tupledesc);
5934 5935 5936 5937 5938
					if (bstat)
					{
						if (a_rule->parrangeendincl ==
							(ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE))
						{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5939 5940 5941 5942
							/*
							 * start and end must be of opposite types, else
							 * they overlap
							 */
5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954
							bOverlap = true;
							goto L_end_overlap;
						}

						newPos = LAST;
						/* should be final partition */
						maxpartno = a_rule->parruleord + 1;

						goto L_end_overlap;
					}
					else
					{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960
						/*
						 * tricky case: the new start is less than the end of
						 * the final partition, but it does not intersect any
						 * existing partitions.  So we are trying to add a
						 * partition in the middle of the existing partitions
						 * or before the first partition.
5961
						 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5962 5963
						a_rule =	/* get first rule */
							(PartitionRule *) list_nth(pNode->rules, 0);
5964 5965

						if (0 ==
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5966
							list_length((List *) a_rule->parrangestart))
5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972
						{
							/* new start > negative infinite start */
							bstat = false;
						}
						else
							bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5973 5974 5975 5976 5977
								compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
													   "pg_catalog",
													   ">",
													   (List *) a_rule->parrangestart,
													   d_start, isnull, tupledesc);
5978

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5979 5980 5981 5982
						/*
						 * if the new partition start < start of the first
						 * partition then it is the new first partition.
						 * Check the new end for overlap.
5983
						 *
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
5984 5985
						 * NOTE: ignore the case where new start == 1st start
						 * and inclusive vs exclusive because that is just
5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017
						 * stupid.
						 *
						 */
						if (bstat)
						{
							newPos = FIRST;
							/* should be first partition */
							maxpartno = a_rule->parruleord - 1;
							if (0 == maxpartno)
							{
								maxpartno = 1;
								bOpenGap = true;
							}

						}
						else
						{
							newPos = MIDDLE;
						}
					}
				}
				else
				{
					/* if no "rules", then this is the first partition */

					newPos = LAST;
					/* should be final partition */
					maxpartno = 1;

					goto L_end_overlap;
				}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6018
		L_check_end:
6019 6020
				/* check the end */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026
				/*
				 * check for basic case of END < first partition (the opposite
				 * of START > last partition)
				 */

				ri = (PartitionRangeItem *) pbs->partEnd;
6027 6028
				PartitionRangeItemIsValid(NULL, ri);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6029
				pid.partiddef = (Node *) copyObject(ri->partRangeVal);
6030
				pid.partiddef =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6031
					(Node *) transformExpressionList(pstate,
6032 6033
													 (List *) pid.partiddef,
													 EXPR_KIND_PARTITION_EXPRESSION);
6034 6035

				prule = get_part_rule1(rel, &pid, false, false,
6036
									   &endSearchpoint,
6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044
									   pNode,
									   lrelname,
									   &pNode2);

				/* found match for end value in rules */
				if (prule && !(prule->topRule->parisdefault &&
							   is_split))
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6045
					bool		bstat;
6046
					PartitionRule *a_rule = prule->topRule;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6047

6048
					d_end =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6049 6050
						magic_expr_to_datum(rel, pNode,
											pid.partiddef, &isnull);
6051

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6052 6053
					/*
					 * if end value was inclusive then it definitely overlaps
6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060
					 */
					if (ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE)
					{
						bOverlap = true;
						goto L_end_overlap;
					}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6061 6062
					/*
					 * not inclusive -- check harder if END really overlaps
6063 6064
					 */
					if (0 ==
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6065
						list_length((List *) a_rule->parrangestart))
6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072
					{
						/* -infinite start < new end - overlap */
						bOverlap = true;
						goto L_end_overlap;
					}

					bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6073 6074 6075 6076 6077
						compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
											   "pg_catalog",
											   "<",
											   (List *) a_rule->parrangestart,
											   d_end, isnull, tupledesc);
6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084
					if (bstat)
					{
						/* start < new end - overlap */
						bOverlap = true;
						goto L_end_overlap;
					}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6085 6086 6087 6088 6089
					/*
					 * Must be the case that new end = start of a_rule
					 * (because if the start > new end then how could we find
					 * it in the interval for prule ?) This is ok if they have
					 * opposite INCLUSIVE/EXCLUSIVE ->  New partition does not
6090 6091 6092
					 * overlap.
					 */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6093 6094 6095 6096 6097
					Assert(compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
												  "pg_catalog",
												  "=",
												  (List *) a_rule->parrangestart,
												  d_end, isnull, tupledesc));
6098 6099 6100 6101

					if (a_rule->parrangestartincl ==
						(ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE))
					{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6102 6103 6104
						/*
						 * start and end must be of opposite types, else they
						 * overlap
6105 6106 6107 6108
						 */
						bOverlap = true;
						goto L_end_overlap;
					}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6109
				}				/* end if prule */
6110 6111 6112 6113

				/* check for case of END < first partition */
				if (pNode && pNode->rules && list_length(pNode->rules))
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6114
					bool		bstat;
6115
					PartitionRule *a_rule = /* get first rule */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6116 6117
					(PartitionRule *) list_nth(pNode->rules, 0);

6118
					d_end =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6119 6120
						magic_expr_to_datum(rel, pNode,
											pid.partiddef, &isnull);
6121 6122

					if (0 ==
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6123
						list_length((List *) a_rule->parrangestart))
6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129
					{
						/* new end > negative infinite start */
						bstat = false;
					}
					else
						bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6130 6131 6132 6133 6134
							compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
												   "pg_catalog",
												   ">",
												   (List *) a_rule->parrangestart,
												   d_end, isnull, tupledesc);
6135

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6136 6137 6138
					/*
					 * if the new partition end < start of the first partition
					 * then it is the new first partition.
6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145
					 */
					if (bstat)
					{
						/* check if start was also ok for first partition */
						switch (newPos)
						{
							case FIRST:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6146 6147 6148 6149

								/*
								 * since new start < first start and new end <
								 * first start should be first.
6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163
								 */

								/* should be first partition */
								maxpartno = a_rule->parruleord - 1;
								if (0 == maxpartno)
								{
									maxpartno = 1;
									bOpenGap = true;
								}

								break;
							case MIDDLE:
							case LAST:
							default:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6164 6165 6166 6167

								/*
								 * new end is less than first partition start
								 * but new start isn't -- must be end < start
6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173
								 */
								break;
						}
						goto L_end_overlap;
					}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6174 6175 6176 6177
					/*
					 * could be the case that new end == start of first.  This
					 * is ok if they have opposite INCLUSIVE/EXCLUSIVE.  New
					 * partition is still first partition for this case
6178 6179 6180
					 */

					if (0 ==
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6181
						list_length((List *) a_rule->parrangestart))
6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187
					{
						/* new end > negative infinite start */
						bstat = false;
					}
					else
						bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6188 6189 6190 6191 6192
							compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
												   "pg_catalog",
												   "=",
												   (List *) a_rule->parrangestart,
												   d_end, isnull, tupledesc);
6193 6194 6195 6196 6197
					if (bstat)
					{
						if (a_rule->parrangestartincl ==
							(ri->partedge == PART_EDGE_INCLUSIVE))
						{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6198 6199 6200 6201
							/*
							 * start and end must be of opposite types, else
							 * they overlap
							 */
6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208
							bOverlap = true;
							goto L_end_overlap;
						}
						/* check if start was also ok for first partition */
						switch (newPos)
						{
							case FIRST:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6209 6210 6211 6212

								/*
								 * since new start < first start and new end <
								 * first start should be first.
6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226
								 */

								/* should be first partition */
								maxpartno = a_rule->parruleord - 1;
								if (0 == maxpartno)
								{
									maxpartno = 1;
									bOpenGap = true;
								}

								break;
							case MIDDLE:
							case LAST:
							default:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6227 6228 6229 6230

								/*
								 * new end is less than first partition start
								 * but new start isn't -- must be end < start
6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237
								 */
								break;
						}
						goto L_end_overlap;
					}
					else
					{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243
						/*
						 * tricky case: the new end is greater than the start
						 * of the first partition, but it does not intersect
						 * any existing partitions.  So we are trying to add a
						 * partition in the middle of the existing partitions
						 * or after the last partition.
6244
						 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6245 6246 6247
						a_rule =	/* get last rule */
							(PartitionRule *) list_nth(pNode->rules,
													   list_length(pNode->rules) - 1);
6248
						if (0 ==
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6249
							list_length((List *) a_rule->parrangeend))
6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256
						{
							/* new end < infinite end */
							bstat = false;
						}
						else

							bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6257 6258 6259 6260 6261
								compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
													   "pg_catalog",
													   "<",
													   (List *) a_rule->parrangeend,
													   d_end, isnull, tupledesc);
6262

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6263 6264 6265
						/*
						 * if the new partition end > end of the last
						 * partition then it is the new last partition (maybe)
6266
						 *
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6267 6268
						 * NOTE: ignore the case where new end == last end and
						 * inclusive vs exclusive because that is just stupid.
6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 6275
						 *
						 */
						if (bstat)
						{
							switch (newPos)
							{
								case LAST:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6276 6277 6278 6279

									/*
									 * since new start > last end and new end
									 * > last end should be last.
6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286
									 */

									/* should be last partition */
									maxpartno = a_rule->parruleord + 1;

									break;
								case FIRST:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6287 6288 6289 6290 6291

									/*
									 * since new start < first start and new
									 * end > last end we would overlap all
									 * partitions!!!
6292 6293
									 */
								case MIDDLE:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6294 6295 6296 6297 6298

									/*
									 * since new start < last end and new end
									 * > last end we would overlap last
									 * partition
6299 6300 6301 6302 6303
									 */
									bOverlap = true;
									goto L_end_overlap;
									break;
								default:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6304 6305 6306 6307 6308

									/*
									 * new end is less than last partition end
									 * but new start isn't -- must be end <
									 * start
6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317
									 */
									break;
							}
						}
						else
						{
							switch (newPos)
							{
								case FIRST:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6318 6319 6320 6321

									/*
									 * since new start < first start and new
									 * end in middle we overlap
6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331
									 */
									bOverlap = true;
									goto L_end_overlap;

									break;
								case MIDDLE:
									/* both start and end in middle */
									break;
								case LAST:
								default:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6332 6333 6334 6335

									/*
									 * since new start > last end and new end
									 * in middle -- must be end < start
6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353
									 */
									break;
							}
						}
					}
				}
				else
				{
					/* if no "rules", then this is the first partition */

					newPos = LAST;
					/* should be final partition */
					maxpartno = 1;

					goto L_end_overlap;
				}


A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6354 6355 6356 6357 6358
				/*
				 * if the individual start and end values don't intersect an
				 * existing partition, make sure they don't define a range
				 * which contains an existing partition, ie new start <
				 * existing start and new end > existing end
6359 6360 6361 6362 6363
				 */

				if (!bOverlap && (newPos == MIDDLE))
				{
					bOpenGap = true;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6364
					int			prev_partno = 0;
6365 6366

					/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6367 6368 6369 6370 6371
					 * hmm, not always true.  see MPP-3667, MPP-3636, MPP-3593
					 *
					 * if (startSearchpoint != endSearchpoint) { bOverlap =
					 * true; goto L_end_overlap; }
					 *
6372 6373 6374
					 */
					while (1)
					{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6375
						bool		bstat;
6376
						PartitionRule *a_rule = /* get the rule */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6377 6378
						(PartitionRule *) list_nth(pNode->rules,
												   startSearchpoint);
6379 6380 6381 6382

						/* MPP-3621: fix ADD for open intervals */

						if (0 ==
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6383
							list_length((List *) a_rule->parrangeend))
6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389
						{
							/* new end < infinite end */
							bstat = false;
						}
						else
							bstat =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6390 6391 6392 6393 6394
								compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
													   "pg_catalog",
													   "<=",
													   (List *) a_rule->parrangeend,
													   d_start, isnull, tupledesc);
6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404

						if (bstat)
						{
							startSearchpoint++;
							Assert(startSearchpoint
								   <= list_length(pNode->rules));
							prev_partno = a_rule->parruleord;
							continue;
						}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6405 6406 6407 6408
						/*
						 * if previous partition was less than current, then
						 * this one should be larger. if not, then it
						 * overlaps...
6409 6410 6411
						 */
						if (
							(0 ==
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6412
							 list_length((List *) a_rule->parrangestart))
6413 6414 6415 6416
							||
							!compare_partn_opfuncid(pNode,
													"pg_catalog",
													">=",
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6417
													(List *) a_rule->parrangestart,
6418 6419
													d_end, isnull, tupledesc))
						{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6420
							prule = NULL;	/* could get the right prule... */
6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435
							bOverlap = true;
							goto L_end_overlap;
						}

						if (prev_partno != 0 && prev_partno + 1 < a_rule->parruleord)
						{
							/* Found gap.  No need to open it. */
							bOpenGap = false;
							maxpartno = prev_partno + 1;
						}
						else
							/* shift a_rule up so new rule has a place to fit */
							maxpartno = a_rule->parruleord;

						break;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6436
					}			/* end while */
6437

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6438
				}				/* end 0 == middle */
6439

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6440
		L_end_overlap:
6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 6451
				if (bOverlap)
					ereport(ERROR,
							(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
							 errmsg("new partition overlaps existing "
									"partition%s",
									(prule && prule->isName) ?
									prule->partIdStr : "")));

			}

			free_parsestate(pstate);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6452 6453
		}						/* end if parttype_range */
	}							/* end if pelem && pelem->boundspec */
6454

6455
	/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6456 6457 6458 6459
	 * Create a phony CREATE TABLE statement for the parent table. The
	 * parse_analyze call later expands it, and we extract just the
	 * constituent commands we need to create the new partition, and ignore
	 * the commands for the already-existing parent table
6460 6461 6462 6463
	 */
	ct = makeNode(CreateStmt);
	ct->relation = makeRangeVar(get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(par_rel)),
								RelationGetRelationName(par_rel), -1);
6464
	ct->relation->relpersistence = rel->rd_rel->relpersistence;
6465 6466

	/*
R
Richard Guo 已提交
6467 6468
	 * in analyze.c, fill in tableelts with a list of TableLikeClause of the
	 * partition parent table, and fill in TableLikeClauses with copy of rangevar
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6469
	 * for parent table
6470
	 */
R
Richard Guo 已提交
6471
	TableLikeClause *tlc = makeNode(TableLikeClause);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6472

R
Richard Guo 已提交
6473 6474
	tlc->relation = copyObject(ct->relation);
	tlc->options = CREATE_TABLE_LIKE_DEFAULTS
6475 6476
		| CREATE_TABLE_LIKE_CONSTRAINTS
		| CREATE_TABLE_LIKE_INDEXES;
6477 6478

	/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6479 6480
	 * fill in remaining fields from parse time (gram.y): the new partition is
	 * LIKE the parent and it inherits from it
6481
	 */
R
Richard Guo 已提交
6482
	ct->tableElts = lappend(ct->tableElts, tlc);
6483 6484 6485 6486 6487 6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 6495 6496
	ct->constraints = NIL;

	if (pelem->storeAttr)
		ct->options = (List *) ((AlterPartitionCmd *) pelem->storeAttr)->arg1;

	ct->tableElts = list_concat(ct->tableElts, list_copy(colencs));

	ct->oncommit = ONCOMMIT_NOOP;
	if (pelem->storeAttr && ((AlterPartitionCmd *) pelem->storeAttr)->arg2)
		ct->tablespacename = strVal(((AlterPartitionCmd *) pelem->storeAttr)->arg2);
	else
		ct->tablespacename = NULL;

	pBy = makeNode(PartitionBy);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6497
	if (pelem->subSpec)			/* treat subspec as partition by... */
6498 6499 6500 6501
	{
		pBy->partSpec = pelem->subSpec;
		pBy->partDepth = 0;
		pBy->partQuiet = PART_VERBO_NODISTRO;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6502
		pBy->location = -1;
6503 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517
		pBy->partDefault = NULL;
		pBy->parentRel = copyObject(ct->relation);
	}
	else if (bSetTemplate)
	{
		/* if creating a template, silence partition name messages */
		pBy->partQuiet = PART_VERBO_NOPARTNAME;
	}
	else
	{
		/* just silence distribution policy messages */
		pBy->partQuiet = PART_VERBO_NODISTRO;
	}

	ct->distributedBy = NULL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6518
	ct->partitionBy = (Node *) pBy;
6519 6520 6521
	ct->relKind = RELKIND_RELATION;
	ct->postCreate = NULL;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6522
	ct->is_add_part = true;		/* subroutines need to know this */
6523 6524 6525
	ct->ownerid = ownerid;

	if (!ct->distributedBy)
6526
		ct->distributedBy = make_distributedby_for_rel(rel);
6527

6528 6529
	/* for ADD PARTITION or SPLIT PARTITION, there should be no case where the rel is temporary */
	Assert(rel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP);
6530
	/* this function does transformExpr on the boundary specs */
A
Asim R P 已提交
6531
	(void) atpxPart_validate_spec(pBy, rel, ct, pelem, pNode, partName,
6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537
								  isDefault, part_type, "");

	if (pelem && pelem->boundSpec)
	{
		if (PARTTYP_LIST == part_type)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6538
			ListCell   *lc;
6539
			PartitionValuesSpec *spec;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6540
			AlterPartitionId pid;
6541

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6542
			Assert(IsA(pelem->boundSpec, PartitionValuesSpec));
6543 6544 6545

			MemSet(&pid, 0, sizeof(AlterPartitionId));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6546
			spec = (PartitionValuesSpec *) pelem->boundSpec;
6547 6548 6549 6550 6551 6552

			/* only check this if we aren't doing split */
			if (1)
			{
				foreach(lc, spec->partValues)
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6553 6554
					List	   *vals = lfirst(lc);
					PgPartRule *prule = NULL;
6555 6556

					pid.idtype = AT_AP_IDValue;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6557 6558
					pid.partiddef = (Node *) vals;
					pid.location = -1;
6559 6560

					prule = get_part_rule1(rel, &pid, false, false,
6561
										   NULL,
6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573
										   pNode,
										   lrelname,
										   &pNode2);

					if (prule && !(prule->topRule->parisdefault && is_split))
						ereport(ERROR,
								(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
								 errmsg("new partition definition overlaps "
										"existing partition%s of %s",
										prule->partIdStr,
										lrelname)));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6574
				}				/* end foreach */
6575 6576 6577 6578 6579
			}

			/* give a new maxpartno for the list partition */
			if (pNode && pNode->rules && list_length(pNode->rules))
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6580
				ListCell   *lc;
6581
				PartitionRule *rule = NULL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6582

6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595
				maxpartno = 1;

				foreach(lc, pNode->rules)
				{
					rule = lfirst(lc);
					if (rule->parruleord > maxpartno)
						break;
					++maxpartno;
				}
			}
		}
	}

6596
	if (maxpartno < 0 || maxpartno > PG_INT16_MAX)
6597
	{
6598 6599 6600
		ereport(ERROR,
			(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
			errmsg("too many partitions, parruleord overflow")));
6601 6602 6603 6604 6605
	}

	if (newPos == FIRST && pNode && list_length(pNode->rules) > 0)
	{
		/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6606 6607 6608
		 * Adding new partition at the beginning.  Find a hole in existing
		 * parruleord sequence by scanning rules list.	 Open gap only until
		 * the hole to accommodate the new rule at parruleord = 1.
6609
		 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6610
		ListCell   *lc;
6611
		PartitionRule *rule = NULL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6612 6613
		int			hole = 1;

6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 6619 6620 6621 6622
		foreach(lc, pNode->rules)
		{
			rule = lfirst(lc);
			if (rule->parruleord > hole)
			{
				break;
			}
			++hole;
		}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6623

6624
		/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6625 6626 6627
		 * Open gap only if hole found in the middle.  If hole exists right at
		 * the beginning (first partition's parruleord > 1), the gap is
		 * already open for us.
6628 6629 6630 6631
		 */
		if (hole > 1)
		{
			parruleord_open_gap(
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6632 6633 6634
								pNode->part->partid, pNode->part->parlevel,
								rule->parparentoid, --hole, 1,
								false /* closegap */ );
6635 6636 6637 6638 6639
		}
	}
	else if (newPos == LAST && pNode && list_length(pNode->rules) > 0)
	{
		/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6640 6641 6642 6643
		 * Adding the new partition at the end.	 Find the hole closest to the
		 * end of the rule list.	 Close gap from the last rule only until
		 * this hole.  The new partition then gets the last partition's
		 * parruleord.
6644
		 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6645
		ListCell   *lc;
6646
		PartitionRule *rule = NULL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6647 6648 6649
		int			hole = 1,
					stopkey = -1;

6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661
		foreach(lc, pNode->rules)
		{
			rule = lfirst(lc);
			if (rule->parruleord > hole)
			{
				hole = stopkey = rule->parruleord;
			}
			++hole;
		}
		if (stopkey != -1)
		{
			PartitionRule *last_rule = (PartitionRule *) llast(pNode->rules);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6662

6663
			parruleord_open_gap(
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6664 6665 6666
								pNode->part->partid, pNode->part->parlevel,
								last_rule->parparentoid, last_rule->parruleord, stopkey,
								true /* closegap */ );
6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673
			/* Let the new rule reuse last rule's parruleord. */
			--maxpartno;
		}
	}
	else if (bOpenGap)
	{
		/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6674 6675 6676
		 * Adding new partition in between first and the last one. Check if a
		 * hole exists by scanning rule list.  If one exists, either open or
		 * close gap based on location of the hole relative to maxpartno.
6677
		 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6678
		ListCell   *lc;
6679
		PartitionRule *rule = NULL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6680 6681
		int			hole = 1;

6682 6683 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691
		foreach(lc, pNode->rules)
		{
			rule = lfirst(lc);
			if (rule->parruleord > hole)
				break;
			++hole;
		}
		if (maxpartno > hole)
		{
			/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6692 6693 6694
			 * Found a hole before maxpartno.  Make room for new partition in
			 * the slot previous to maxpartno.  Decrement parruleord values
			 * from this slot until the hole.
6695 6696
			 */
			parruleord_open_gap(
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6697 6698 6699 6700 6701 6702
								pNode->part->partid,
								pNode->part->parlevel,
								rule->parparentoid,
								--maxpartno,
								++hole,
								true /* closegap */ );
6703 6704 6705 6706
		}
		else if (maxpartno < hole)
		{
			/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6707 6708
			 * Found a hole after maxpartno.  Open gap for maxpartno by
			 * incrementing parruleord values from the hole until maxpartno.
6709 6710
			 */
			parruleord_open_gap(
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6711 6712 6713 6714 6715 6716
								pNode->part->partid,
								pNode->part->parlevel,
								rule->parparentoid,
								hole,
								maxpartno,
								false /* closegap */ );
6717 6718 6719 6720 6721
		}
		/* if (hole == maxpartno) we don't need to open a gap. */
	}

	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6722 6723 6724 6725 6726 6727 6728
		List	   *l1;
		ListCell   *lc;
		int			ii = 0;
		bool		bFixFirstATS = true;
		bool		bFirst_TemplateOnly = true; /* ignore dummy entry */
		int			pby_templ_depth = 0;	/* template partdepth */
		Oid			skipTableRelid = InvalidOid;
6729 6730

		/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6731 6732 6733 6734 6735
		 * This transformCreateStmt() expands the phony create of a
		 * partitioned table that we just build into the constituent commands
		 * we need to create the new part.  (This will include some commands
		 * for the parent that we don't need, since the parent already
		 * exists.)
6736
		 */
6737
		l1 = transformCreateStmt(ct, "ADD PARTITION", true);
6738

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6739 6740 6741
		/*
		 * skip the first cell because the table already exists -- don't
		 * recreate it
6742 6743 6744 6745 6746
		 */
		lc = list_head(l1);

		if (lc)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6747
			Node	   *s = lfirst(lc);
6748

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6749 6750 6751
			/*
			 * MPP-10421: but save the relid of the skipped table, because we
			 * skip indexes associated with it...
6752
			 */
6753
			if (IsA(s, CreateStmt))
6754
			{
6755
				CreateStmt *t = (CreateStmt *) s;
6756

R
Richard Guo 已提交
6757
				skipTableRelid = RangeVarGetRelid(t->relation, NoLock, true);
6758 6759 6760 6761 6762
			}
		}

		for_each_cell(lc, lnext(lc))
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6763
			Node	   *q = lfirst(lc);
6764 6765

			/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6766 6767 6768 6769
			 * MPP-6379, MPP-10421: If the statement is an expanded index
			 * creation statement on the parent (or the "skipped table"),
			 * ignore it. We get into this situation when the parent has one
			 * or more indexes on it that our new partition is inheriting.
6770
			 */
6771
			if (IsA(q, IndexStmt))
6772
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6773
				IndexStmt  *istmt = (IndexStmt *) q;
R
Richard Guo 已提交
6774
				Oid			idxRelid = RangeVarGetRelid(istmt->relation, NoLock, true);
6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 6782 6783

				if (idxRelid == RelationGetRelid(rel))
					continue;

				if (OidIsValid(skipTableRelid) &&
					(idxRelid == skipTableRelid))
					continue;
			}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6784 6785 6786
			/*
			 * XXX XXX: fix the first Alter Table Statement to have the
			 * correct maxpartno.  Whoohoo!!
6787
			 */
6788
			if (bFixFirstATS && q && IsA(q, AlterTableStmt))
6789
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6790 6791 6792 6793
				PartitionSpec *spec = NULL;
				AlterTableStmt *ats;
				AlterTableCmd *atc;
				List	   *cmds;
6794 6795 6796

				bFixFirstATS = false;

6797
				ats = (AlterTableStmt *) q;
6798 6799 6800 6801 6802 6803
				Assert(IsA(ats, AlterTableStmt));

				cmds = ats->cmds;

				Assert(cmds && (list_length(cmds) > 1));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6804
				atc = (AlterTableCmd *) lsecond(cmds);
6805 6806 6807

				Assert(atc->def);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6808
				pBy = (PartitionBy *) atc->def;
6809 6810 6811

				Assert(IsA(pBy, PartitionBy));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6812
				spec = (PartitionSpec *) pBy->partSpec;
6813 6814 6815

				if (spec)
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6816 6817
					List	   *l2 = spec->partElem;
					PartitionElem *pel;
6818 6819 6820

					if (l2 && list_length(l2))
					{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6821
						pel = (PartitionElem *) linitial(l2);
6822 6823 6824 6825 6826 6827

						pel->partno = maxpartno;
					}

				}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6828
			}					/* end first alter table fixup */
6829
			else if (IsA(q, CreateStmt))
6830 6831
			{
				/* propagate owner */
6832
				((CreateStmt *) q)->ownerid = ownerid;
6833 6834
			}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6835 6836 6837
			/*
			 * normal case - add partitions using CREATE statements that get
			 * dispatched to the segments
6838 6839
			 */
			if (!bSetTemplate)
6840
				ProcessUtility(q,
6841
							   synthetic_sql,
6842
							   PROCESS_UTILITY_SUBCOMMAND,
6843 6844 6845 6846
							   NULL,
							   dest,
							   NULL);
			else
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6847
			{					/* setting subpartition template only */
6848

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6849 6850 6851 6852 6853
				/*
				 * find all the alter table statements that contain
				 * partaddinternal, and extract the definitions.  Only build
				 * the catalog entries for subpartition templates, not "real"
				 * table entries.
6854
				 */
6855
				if (IsA(q, AlterTableStmt))
6856
				{
6857
					AlterTableStmt *at2 = (AlterTableStmt *) q;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6858 6859
					List	   *l2 = at2->cmds;
					ListCell   *lc2;
6860 6861 6862 6863 6864 6865 6866 6867

					foreach(lc2, l2)
					{
						AlterTableCmd *ac2 = (AlterTableCmd *) lfirst(lc2);

						if (ac2->subtype == AT_PartAddInternal)
						{
							PartitionBy *templ_pby =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6868
							(PartitionBy *) ac2->def;
6869 6870 6871

							Assert(IsA(templ_pby, PartitionBy));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6872 6873 6874 6875
							/*
							 * skip the first one because it's the fake parent
							 * partition definition for the subpartition
							 * template entries
6876 6877 6878 6879 6880 6881
							 */

							if (bFirst_TemplateOnly)
							{
								bFirst_TemplateOnly = false;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6882 6883 6884 6885 6886 6887 6888
								/*
								 * MPP-5992: only set one level of templates
								 * -- we might have templates for
								 * subpartitions of the subpartitions, which
								 * would add duplicate templates into the
								 * table. Only add templates of the specified
								 * depth and skip deeper template definitions.
6889 6890 6891 6892 6893 6894 6895 6896 6897
								 */
								pby_templ_depth = templ_pby->partDepth + 1;

							}
							else
							{
								if (templ_pby->partDepth == pby_templ_depth)
									add_part_to_catalog(
														RelationGetRelid(rel),
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6898
														(PartitionBy *) ac2->def,
6899 6900 6901 6902
														true);
							}

						}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6903
					}			/* end foreach lc2 l2 */
6904
				}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6905 6906
			}					/* end else setting subpartition templates
								 * only */
6907 6908

			ii++;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6909
		}						/* end for each cell */
6910 6911 6912 6913 6914 6915 6916

	}

	if (par_prule && par_prule->topRule)
		heap_close(par_rel, NoLock);

	return pSubSpec;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6917
}								/* end atpxPartAddList */
6918 6919 6920 6921 6922


List *
atpxDropList(Relation rel, PartitionNode *pNode)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6923 6924
	List	   *l1 = NIL;
	ListCell   *lc;
6925 6926 6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 6932

	if (!pNode)
		return l1;

	/* add the child lists first */
	foreach(lc, pNode->rules)
	{
		PartitionRule *rule = lfirst(lc);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6933
		List	   *l2 = NIL;
6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6939 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950 6951 6952

		if (rule->children)
			l2 = atpxDropList(rel, rule->children);
		else
			l2 = NIL;

		if (l2)
		{
			if (l1)
				l1 = list_concat(l1, l2);
			else
				l1 = l2;
		}
	}

	/* and the default partition */
	if (pNode->default_part)
	{
		PartitionRule *rule = pNode->default_part;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6953
		List	   *l2 = NIL;
6954 6955 6956 6957 6958 6959 6960 6961 6962 6963 6964 6965 6966 6967 6968 6969 6970 6971 6972

		if (rule->children)
			l2 = atpxDropList(rel, rule->children);
		else
			l2 = NIL;

		if (l2)
		{
			if (l1)
				l1 = list_concat(l1, l2);
			else
				l1 = l2;
		}
	}

	/* add entries for rules at current level */
	foreach(lc, pNode->rules)
	{
		PartitionRule *rule = lfirst(lc);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6973 6974
		char	   *prelname;
		char	   *nspname;
6975 6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993
		Relation	rel;

		rel = heap_open(rule->parchildrelid, AccessShareLock);
		prelname = pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(rel));
		nspname = pstrdup(get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(rel)));
		heap_close(rel, NoLock);

		if (l1)
			l1 = lappend(l1, list_make2(makeString(nspname),
										makeString(prelname)));
		else
			l1 = list_make1(list_make2(makeString(nspname),
									   makeString(prelname)));
	}

	/* and the default partition */
	if (pNode->default_part)
	{
		PartitionRule *rule = pNode->default_part;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
6994 6995
		char	   *prelname;
		char	   *nspname;
6996 6997 6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011
		Relation	rel;

		rel = heap_open(rule->parchildrelid, AccessShareLock);
		prelname = pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(rel));
		nspname = pstrdup(get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(rel)));
		heap_close(rel, NoLock);

		if (l1)
			l1 = lappend(l1, list_make2(makeString(nspname),
										makeString(prelname)));
		else
			l1 = list_make1(list_make2(makeString(nspname),
									   makeString(prelname)));
	}

	return l1;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7012
}								/* end atpxDropList */
7013 7014 7015 7016 7017


void
exchange_part_rule(Oid oldrelid, Oid newrelid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7018 7019 7020
	HeapTuple	tuple;
	Relation	catalogRelation;
	ScanKeyData scankey;
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7021
	SysScanDesc sscan;
7022

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7023 7024 7025 7026
	/*
	 * pg_partition and  pg_partition_rule are populated only on the entry
	 * database, so a call to this function is only meaningful there.
	 */
7027
	Insist(IS_QUERY_DISPATCHER());
7028 7029 7030

	catalogRelation = heap_open(PartitionRuleRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7031 7032 7033 7034 7035
	/* SELECT * FROM pg_partition_rule WHERE parchildrelid = :1 FOR UPDATE */
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_rule_parchildrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(oldrelid));
	sscan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, PartitionRuleParchildrelidIndexId, true,
7036
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7037
	tuple = systable_getnext(sscan);
7038 7039
	if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
	{
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7040 7041 7042 7043
		/* make a modifiable copy */
		tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);

		((Form_pg_partition_rule) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->parchildrelid = newrelid;
7044

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7045 7046
		simple_heap_update(catalogRelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
		CatalogUpdateIndexes(catalogRelation, tuple);
7047 7048 7049 7050

		heap_freetuple(tuple);
	}

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7051
	systable_endscan(sscan);
7052 7053 7054 7055 7056 7057
	heap_close(catalogRelation, NoLock);
}

void
exchange_permissions(Oid oldrelid, Oid newrelid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067
	HeapTuple	oldtuple;
	HeapTuple	newtuple;
	Datum		save;
	bool		saveisnull;
	Datum		values[Natts_pg_class];
	bool		nulls[Natts_pg_class];
	bool		replaces[Natts_pg_class];
	HeapTuple	replace_tuple;
	bool		isnull;
	Relation	rel = heap_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
7068

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7069
	oldtuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(oldrelid));
7070 7071 7072
	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(oldtuple))
		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", oldrelid);

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7073 7074 7075
	save = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, oldtuple,
						   Anum_pg_class_relacl,
						   &saveisnull);
7076

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7077
	newtuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(newrelid));
7078 7079 7080 7081 7082 7083 7084 7085 7086
	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(newtuple))
		elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", newrelid);

	/* finished building new ACL value, now insert it */
	MemSet(values, 0, sizeof(values));
	MemSet(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
	MemSet(replaces, false, sizeof(replaces));

	replaces[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = true;
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7087 7088 7089
	values[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, newtuple,
													   Anum_pg_class_relacl,
													   &isnull);
7090 7091 7092
	if (isnull)
		nulls[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = true;

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7093 7094 7095 7096 7097
	replace_tuple = heap_modify_tuple(oldtuple,
									  RelationGetDescr(rel),
									  values, nulls, replaces);
	simple_heap_update(rel, &oldtuple->t_self, replace_tuple);
	CatalogUpdateIndexes(rel, replace_tuple);
7098 7099 7100 7101 7102 7103 7104 7105 7106 7107 7108 7109 7110 7111

	/* XXX: Update the shared dependency ACL info */

	/* finished building new ACL value, now insert it */
	MemSet(values, 0, sizeof(values));
	MemSet(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
	MemSet(replaces, false, sizeof(replaces));

	replaces[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = true;
	values[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = save;

	if (saveisnull)
		nulls[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = true;

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7112 7113 7114 7115 7116
	replace_tuple = heap_modify_tuple(newtuple,
									  RelationGetDescr(rel),
									  values, nulls, replaces);
	simple_heap_update(rel, &newtuple->t_self, replace_tuple);
	CatalogUpdateIndexes(rel, replace_tuple);
7117 7118 7119

	/* update shared dependency */

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7120 7121
	ReleaseSysCache(oldtuple);
	ReleaseSysCache(newtuple);
7122 7123 7124
	heap_close(rel, NoLock);
}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7125 7126
static void
atpxSkipper(PartitionNode *pNode, int *skipped)
7127
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7128
	ListCell   *lc;
7129

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7130 7131
	if (!pNode)
		return;
7132 7133 7134 7135

	/* add entries for rules at current level */
	foreach(lc, pNode->rules)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7136
		PartitionRule *rule = lfirst(lc);
7137

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7138 7139
		if (skipped)
			*skipped += 1;
7140 7141 7142

		if (rule->children)
			atpxSkipper(rule->children, skipped);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7143
	}							/* end foreach */
7144 7145 7146 7147

	/* and the default partition */
	if (pNode->default_part)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7148
		PartitionRule *rule = pNode->default_part;
7149

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7150 7151
		if (skipped)
			*skipped += 1;
7152 7153 7154 7155

		if (rule->children)
			atpxSkipper(rule->children, skipped);
	}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7156
}								/* end atpxSkipper */
7157 7158 7159 7160 7161 7162 7163

static List *
build_rename_part_recurse(PartitionRule *rule, const char *old_parentname,
						  const char *new_parentname,
						  int *skipped)
{

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7164 7165 7166 7167 7168
	RangeVar   *rv;
	Relation	rel;
	char	   *relname = NULL;
	char		newRelNameBuf[(NAMEDATALEN * 2)];
	List	   *l1 = NIL;
7169 7170 7171 7172 7173 7174 7175 7176 7177 7178 7179 7180

	rel = heap_open(rule->parchildrelid, AccessShareLock);

	relname = pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(rel));

	rv = makeRangeVar(get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(rel)),
					  relname, -1);

	/* unlock, because we have a lock on the master */
	heap_close(rel, AccessShareLock);

	/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7181 7182
	 * The child name should contain the old parent name as a prefix - check
	 * the length and compare to make sure.
7183
	 *
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7184 7185 7186
	 * To build the new child name, just use the new name as a prefix, and use
	 * the remainder of the child name (the part after the old parent name
	 * prefix) as the suffix.
7187 7188 7189 7190 7191 7192 7193 7194 7195 7196 7197 7198 7199 7200 7201 7202 7203 7204 7205 7206 7207 7208 7209 7210
	 */
	if (strlen(old_parentname) > strlen(relname))
	{
		if (skipped)
			*skipped += 1;

		atpxSkipper(rule->children, skipped);
	}
	else
	{
		if (0 != (strncmp(old_parentname, relname, strlen(old_parentname))))
		{
			if (skipped)
				*skipped += 1;
			atpxSkipper(rule->children, skipped);
		}
		else
		{
			snprintf(newRelNameBuf, sizeof(newRelNameBuf), "%s%s",
					 new_parentname, relname + strlen(old_parentname));

			if (strlen(newRelNameBuf) > NAMEDATALEN)
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
7211
						 errmsg("relation name \"%s\" for child partition is too long",
7212 7213 7214 7215 7216 7217
								newRelNameBuf)));

			l1 = lappend(l1, list_make2(rv, pstrdup(newRelNameBuf)));

			/* add the child lists next (not first) */
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7218
				List	   *l2 = NIL;
7219 7220 7221 7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 7227 7228 7229 7230 7231 7232 7233 7234 7235

				if (rule->children)
					l2 = atpxRenameList(rule->children,
										relname, newRelNameBuf, skipped);

				if (l2)
					l1 = list_concat(l1, l2);
			}
		}
	}
	return l1;
}

List *
atpxRenameList(PartitionNode *pNode,
			   char *old_parentname, const char *new_parentname, int *skipped)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7236 7237
	List	   *l1 = NIL;
	ListCell   *lc;
7238 7239 7240 7241 7242 7243 7244

	if (!pNode)
		return l1;

	/* add entries for rules at current level */
	foreach(lc, pNode->rules)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7245
		PartitionRule *rule = lfirst(lc);
7246 7247 7248 7249 7250 7251

		l1 = list_concat(l1,
						 build_rename_part_recurse(rule,
												   old_parentname,
												   new_parentname,
												   skipped));
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7252
	}							/* end foreach */
7253 7254 7255 7256

	/* and the default partition */
	if (pNode->default_part)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7257
		PartitionRule *rule = pNode->default_part;
7258 7259 7260 7261 7262 7263 7264 7265 7266

		l1 = list_concat(l1,
						 build_rename_part_recurse(rule,
												   old_parentname,
												   new_parentname,
												   skipped));
	}

	return l1;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7267
}								/* end atpxRenameList */
7268 7269 7270 7271 7272


static Oid
get_opfuncid_by_opname(List *opname, Oid lhsid, Oid rhsid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7273 7274
	Oid			opfuncid;
	Operator	op;
7275 7276 7277

	op = oper(NULL, opname, lhsid, rhsid, false, -1);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7278
	if (op == NULL)				/* should not fail */
7279 7280
		elog(ERROR, "could not find operator");

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7281
	opfuncid = ((Form_pg_operator) GETSTRUCT(op))->oprcode;
7282

7283
	ReleaseSysCache(op);
7284 7285 7286 7287 7288 7289 7290 7291 7292 7293 7294 7295 7296
	return opfuncid;
}


/* Construct the PgPartRule for a branch of a partitioning hierarchy.
 *
 *		rel - the partitioned relation (top-level)
 *		cmd - an AlterTableCmd, possibly nested in type AT_PartAlter AlterTableCmds
 *            identifying a subset of the parts of the partitioned relation.
 */
static PgPartRule *
get_pprule_from_ATC(Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7297
	List	   *pids = NIL;		/* of AlterPartitionId */
7298 7299 7300 7301 7302 7303 7304 7305
	AlterPartitionId *pid = NULL;
	PgPartRule *pprule = NULL;
	AlterPartitionId *work_partid = NULL;

	AlterTableCmd *atc = cmd;


	/* Get list of enclosing ALTER PARTITION ids. */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7306
	while (atc->subtype == AT_PartAlter)
7307
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7308
		AlterPartitionCmd *apc = (AlterPartitionCmd *) atc->def;
7309

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7310
		pid = (AlterPartitionId *) apc->partid;
7311 7312
		Insist(IsA(pid, AlterPartitionId));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7313
		atc = (AlterTableCmd *) apc->arg1;
7314 7315 7316 7317 7318
		Insist(IsA(atc, AlterTableCmd));

		pids = lappend(pids, pid);
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7319 7320 7321 7322 7323
	/*
	 * The effective ALTER TABLE command is in atc. The pids list (of
	 * AlterPartitionId nodes) represents the path to top partitioning branch
	 * of rel.  Since we are only called for branches and leaves (never the
	 * root) of the partition, the pid list should not empty.
7324
	 *
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7325 7326
	 * Use the AlterPartitionId interpretter, get_part_rule, to do the
	 * interpretation.
7327
	 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7328
	Insist(list_length(pids) > 0);
7329 7330 7331 7332

	work_partid = makeNode(AlterPartitionId);

	work_partid->idtype = AT_AP_IDList;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7333
	work_partid->partiddef = (Node *) pids;
7334 7335 7336 7337
	work_partid->location = -1;

	pprule = get_part_rule(rel,
						   work_partid,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7338 7339 7340 7341
						   true, true,	/* parts must exist */
						   NULL,	/* no implicit results */
						   false	/* no template rules */
		);
7342 7343 7344 7345 7346 7347 7348 7349 7350 7351 7352 7353 7354 7355 7356 7357

	return pprule;
}

/* Return the pg_class OIDs of the relations representing the parts of
 * a partitioned table designated by the given AlterTable command.
 *
 *		rel - the partitioned relation (top-level)
 *		cmd - an AlterTableCmd, possibly nested in type AT_PartAlter AlterTableCmds
 *            identifying a subset of the parts of the partitioned relation.
 */
List *
basic_AT_oids(Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd)
{
	PgPartRule *pprule = get_pprule_from_ATC(rel, cmd);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7358
	if (!pprule)
7359 7360 7361 7362 7363 7364 7365 7366 7367
		return NIL;

	return all_prule_relids(pprule->topRule);
}

/*
 * Return the basic AlterTableCmd found by peeling off intervening layers of
 * ALTER PARTITION from the given AlterTableCmd.
 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7368 7369
AlterTableCmd *
basic_AT_cmd(AlterTableCmd *cmd)
7370
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7371
	while (cmd->subtype == AT_PartAlter)
7372
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7373 7374
		AlterPartitionCmd *apc = (AlterPartitionCmd *) cmd->def;

7375
		Insist(IsA(apc, AlterPartitionCmd));
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7376
		cmd = (AlterTableCmd *) apc->arg1;
7377 7378 7379 7380 7381 7382 7383 7384 7385 7386 7387 7388 7389 7390 7391 7392
		Insist(IsA(cmd, AlterTableCmd));
	}
	return cmd;
}


/* Determine whether we can implement a requested distribution on a part of
 * the specified partitioned table.
 *
 * In 3.3
 *   DISTRIBUTED RANDOMLY or distributed just like the whole partitioned
 *   table is implementable.  Anything else is not.
 *
 * rel              Pointer to cache entry for the whole partitioned table
 * dist_cnames      List of column names proposed for distribution some part
 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7393
bool
P
Pengzhou Tang 已提交
7394
can_implement_dist_on_part(Relation rel, DistributedBy *dist)
7395
{
P
Pengzhou Tang 已提交
7396 7397
	ListCell	*lc;
	int		i;
7398 7399 7400 7401 7402 7403 7404 7405 7406

	if (Gp_role != GP_ROLE_DISPATCH)
	{
		ereport(DEBUG1,
				(errmsg("requesting redistribution outside dispatch - returning no")));
		return false;
	}

	/* Random is okay.  It is represented by a list of one empty list. */
7407
	if (dist->ptype == POLICYTYPE_PARTITIONED && dist->keyCols == NIL)
7408 7409
		return true;

P
Pengzhou Tang 已提交
7410 7411 7412
	if (dist->ptype == POLICYTYPE_REPLICATED)
		return false;

7413
	/* Require an exact match to the policy of the parent. */
7414
	if (list_length(dist->keyCols) != rel->rd_cdbpolicy->nattrs)
7415 7416 7417
		return false;

	i = 0;
7418
	foreach(lc, dist->keyCols)
7419
	{
7420
		IndexElem  *ielem = (IndexElem *) lfirst(lc);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7421 7422 7423
		AttrNumber	attnum;
		HeapTuple	tuple;
		bool		ok = false;
7424

7425
		Assert(IsA(ielem, IndexElem));
7426

7427
		tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), ielem->name);
7428 7429 7430 7431
		if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
			ereport(ERROR,
					(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
					 errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
7432
							ielem->name,
7433 7434 7435
							RelationGetRelationName(rel))));

		attnum = ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->attnum;
7436 7437 7438

		if (attnum == rel->rd_cdbpolicy->attrs[i++])
			ok = true;
7439 7440

		ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
7441

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7442
		if (!ok)
7443 7444 7445 7446 7447 7448 7449 7450 7451 7452 7453 7454 7455 7456 7457 7458 7459 7460
			return false;
	}
	return true;
}



/* Test whether we can exchange newrel into oldrel's space within the
 * partitioning hierarchy of rel as far as the table schema is concerned.
 * (Does not, e.g., look into constraint agreement, etc.)
 *
 * If throw is true, throw an appropriate error in case the answer is
 * "no, can't exchange".  If throw is false, just return the answer
 * quietly.
 */
bool
is_exchangeable(Relation rel, Relation oldrel, Relation newrel, bool throw)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7461 7462 7463
	AttrMap    *map_new = NULL;
	AttrMap    *map_old = NULL;
	bool		congruent = TRUE;
7464 7465 7466 7467 7468 7469

	/* Both parts must be relations. */
	if (!(oldrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION ||
		  newrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION))
	{
		congruent = FALSE;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7470
		if (throw)
7471 7472 7473 7474 7475 7476
			ereport(ERROR,
					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
					 errmsg("cannot exchange relation "
							"which is not a table")));
	}

7477 7478 7479 7480 7481 7482 7483 7484 7485
	if(oldrel->rd_rel->relpersistence != newrel->rd_rel->relpersistence)
	{
		congruent = FALSE;
		if (throw)
			ereport(ERROR,
				(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
					errmsg("cannot exchange relations with differing persistence types")));
	}

7486 7487 7488 7489 7490
	if (RelationIsExternal(newrel))
	{
		if (rel_is_default_partition(oldrel->rd_id))
		{
			congruent = FALSE;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7491
			if (throw)
7492 7493
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
7494
						 errmsg("cannot exchange DEFAULT partition with external table")));
7495 7496 7497
		}

		ExtTableEntry *extEntry = GetExtTableEntry(newrel->rd_id);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7498

7499 7500 7501
		if (extEntry && extEntry->iswritable)
		{
			congruent = FALSE;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7502
			if (throw)
7503 7504
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
7505
						 errmsg("cannot exchange relation which is a WRITABLE external table")));
7506 7507
		}
	}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7508 7509 7510

	/*
	 * Attributes of the existing part (oldrel) must be compatible with the
7511 7512 7513 7514
	 * partitioned table as a whole.  This might be an assertion, but we don't
	 * want this case to pass in a production build, so we use an internal
	 * error.
	 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7515
	if (congruent && !map_part_attrs(rel, oldrel, &map_old, FALSE))
7516 7517
	{
		congruent = FALSE;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7518
		if (throw)
7519 7520 7521 7522 7523 7524 7525 7526
			elog(ERROR, "existing part \"%s\" not congruent with"
				 "partitioned table \"%s\"",
				 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel),
				 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
	}

	/* From here on we need to be careful to free the maps. */

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7527 7528
	/*
	 * Attributes of new part must be compatible with the partitioned table.
7529 7530
	 * (We assume that the attributes of the old part are compatible.)
	 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7531
	if (congruent && !map_part_attrs(rel, newrel, &map_new, throw))
7532 7533 7534
		congruent = FALSE;

	/* Both parts must have the same owner. */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7535
	if (congruent && oldrel->rd_rel->relowner != newrel->rd_rel->relowner)
7536 7537
	{
		congruent = FALSE;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7538
		if (throw)
7539 7540
			ereport(ERROR,
					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
7541
					 errmsg("owner of \"%s\" must be the same as that of \"%s\"",
7542 7543 7544 7545 7546 7547 7548 7549
							RelationGetRelationName(newrel),
							RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
	}

	/* Both part tables must have the same "WITH OID"s setting */
	if (congruent && oldrel->rd_rel->relhasoids != newrel->rd_rel->relhasoids)
	{
		congruent = FALSE;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7550
		if (throw)
7551 7552 7553 7554 7555 7556 7557 7558
			ereport(ERROR,
					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
					 errmsg("\"%s\" and \"%s\" must have same OIDs setting",
							RelationGetRelationName(rel),
							RelationGetRelationName(newrel))));
	}

	/* The new part table must not be involved in inheritance. */
7559
	if (congruent && has_subclass(RelationGetRelid(newrel)))
7560 7561
	{
		congruent = FALSE;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7562
		if (throw)
7563 7564
			ereport(ERROR,
					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
7565
					 errmsg("cannot EXCHANGE table \"%s\" as it has child table(s)",
7566 7567 7568 7569 7570 7571
							RelationGetRelationName(newrel))));
	}

	if (congruent && relation_has_supers(RelationGetRelid(newrel)))
	{
		congruent = FALSE;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7572
		if (throw)
7573 7574
			ereport(ERROR,
					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
7575
					 errmsg("cannot exchange table \"%s\" as it inherits other table(s)",
7576 7577 7578 7579
							RelationGetRelationName(newrel))));
	}

	/* The new part table must not have rules on it. */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7580
	if (congruent && (newrel->rd_rules || oldrel->rd_rules))
7581 7582
	{
		congruent = FALSE;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7583
		if (throw)
7584 7585
			ereport(ERROR,
					(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
7586
					 errmsg("cannot exchange table which has rules defined on it")));
7587 7588
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7589 7590
	/*
	 * The distribution policies of the existing part (oldpart) and the
7591 7592
	 * candidate part (newpart) must match that of the whole partitioned
	 * table.  However, we can only check this where the policy table is
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7593 7594 7595
	 * populated, i.e., on the entry database.  Note checking the policy of
	 * the existing part is defensive.  It SHOULD match. Skip the check when
	 * either the oldpart or the newpart is external.
7596 7597
	 */
	if (congruent && Gp_role == GP_ROLE_DISPATCH &&
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7598
		!RelationIsExternal(newrel) && !RelationIsExternal(oldrel))
7599
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7600 7601 7602 7603
		GpPolicy   *parpol = rel->rd_cdbpolicy;
		GpPolicy   *oldpol = oldrel->rd_cdbpolicy;
		GpPolicy   *newpol = newrel->rd_cdbpolicy;
		GpPolicy   *adjpol = NULL;
7604

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7605
		if (map_old != NULL)
7606
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7607 7608
			int			i;
			AttrNumber	remapped_parent_attr = 0;
7609

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7610
			for (i = 0; i < parpol->nattrs; i++)
7611 7612 7613
			{
				remapped_parent_attr = attrMap(map_old, parpol->attrs[i]);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7614 7615 7616 7617
				if (!(parpol->attrs[i] > 0	/* assert parent live */
					  && oldpol->attrs[i] > 0	/* assert old part live */
					  && remapped_parent_attr == oldpol->attrs[i]	/* assert match */
					  ))
7618 7619 7620 7621 7622 7623 7624
					elog(ERROR,
						 "discrepancy in partitioning policy of \"%s\"",
						 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
			}
		}
		else
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7625
			if (!GpPolicyEqual(parpol, oldpol))
7626 7627 7628 7629 7630
				elog(ERROR,
					 "discrepancy in partitioning policy of \"%s\"",
					 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
		}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7631
		if (map_new != NULL)
7632
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7633 7634
			int			i;

7635
			adjpol = GpPolicyCopy(parpol);
7636

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7637
			for (i = 0; i < adjpol->nattrs; i++)
7638 7639
			{
				adjpol->attrs[i] = attrMap(map_new, parpol->attrs[i]);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7640
				Assert(newpol->attrs[i] > 0);	/* check new part */
7641 7642 7643 7644 7645 7646 7647
			}
		}
		else
		{
			adjpol = parpol;
		}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7648
		if (!GpPolicyEqual(adjpol, newpol))
7649 7650
		{
			congruent = FALSE;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7651
			if (throw)
7652 7653
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
7654
						 errmsg("distribution policy for \"%s\" must be the same as that for \"%s\"",
7655 7656 7657 7658 7659 7660 7661
								RelationGetRelationName(newrel),
								RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
		}
		else if (false && memcmp(oldpol->attrs, newpol->attrs,
								 sizeof(AttrNumber) * adjpol->nattrs))
		{
			congruent = FALSE;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7662
			if (throw)
7663 7664 7665 7666 7667 7668
				ereport(ERROR,
						(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
						 errmsg("distribution policy matches but implementation lags")));
		}
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7669 7670 7671 7672
	if (map_old != NULL)
		pfree(map_old);
	if (map_new != NULL)
		pfree(map_new);
7673 7674 7675 7676 7677 7678 7679 7680 7681 7682 7683 7684 7685 7686 7687 7688 7689 7690 7691 7692 7693 7694

	return congruent;
}


/*
 * Apply the constraint represented by the argument pg_constraint tuple
 * remapped through the argument attribute map to the candidate relation.
 *
 * In addition, if validate is true and the constraint is one we enforce
 * on partitioned tables, allocate and return a NewConstraint structure
 * for use in phase 3 to validate the relation (i.e., to make sure it
 * conforms to its constraints).
 *
 * Note that pgcon (the ConstraintRelationId appropriately locked)
 * is supplied externally for efficiency.  No other relation should
 * be supplied via this argument.
 */
static NewConstraint *
constraint_apply_mapped(HeapTuple tuple, AttrMap *map, Relation cand,
						bool validate, bool is_split, Relation pgcon)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7695 7696 7697 7698 7699 7700 7701 7702 7703 7704
	Datum		val;
	bool		isnull;
	Datum	   *dats;
	int16	   *keys;
	int			nkeys;
	int			i;
	Node	   *conexpr;
	char	   *consrc;
	char	   *conbin;
	Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
7705 7706 7707 7708 7709 7710 7711 7712 7713 7714 7715 7716 7717 7718
	NewConstraint *newcon = NULL;

	/* Translate pg_constraint.conkey */
	val = heap_getattr(tuple, Anum_pg_constraint_conkey,
					   RelationGetDescr(pgcon), &isnull);
	Assert(!isnull);

	deconstruct_array(DatumGetArrayTypeP(val),
					  INT2OID, 2, true, 's',
					  &dats, NULL, &nkeys);

	keys = palloc(sizeof(int16) * nkeys);
	for (i = 0; i < nkeys; i++)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7719 7720 7721
		int16		key = DatumGetInt16(dats[i]);

		keys[i] = (int16) attrMap(map, key);
7722 7723 7724 7725 7726
	}

	/* Translate pg_constraint.conbin */
	val = heap_getattr(tuple, Anum_pg_constraint_conbin,
					   RelationGetDescr(pgcon), &isnull);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7727
	if (!isnull)
7728
	{
7729
		conbin = TextDatumGetCString(val);
7730 7731 7732 7733 7734 7735 7736 7737 7738 7739 7740 7741 7742 7743 7744 7745
		conexpr = stringToNode(conbin);
		conexpr = attrMapExpr(map, conexpr);
		conbin = nodeToString(conexpr);
	}
	else
	{
		conbin = NULL;
		conexpr = NULL;
	}


	/* Don't translate pg_constraint.consrc -- per doc'n, use original */
	val = heap_getattr(tuple, Anum_pg_constraint_consrc,
					   RelationGetDescr(pgcon), &isnull);
	if (!isnull)
	{
7746
		consrc = TextDatumGetCString(val);
7747 7748 7749 7750 7751 7752 7753
	}
	else
	{
		consrc = NULL;
	}

	/* Apply translated constraint to candidate. */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7754
	switch (con->contype)
7755 7756
	{
		case CONSTRAINT_CHECK:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7757 7758 7759 7760
			{
				Assert(conexpr && conbin && consrc);

				CreateConstraintEntry(NameStr(con->conname),
7761
									  con->connamespace, // XXX should this be RelationGetNamespace(cand)?
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7762 7763 7764
									  con->contype,
									  con->condeferrable,
									  con->condeferred,
A
Asim R P 已提交
7765
									  con->convalidated,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7766 7767 7768 7769 7770
									  RelationGetRelid(cand),
									  keys,
									  nkeys,
									  InvalidOid,
									  InvalidOid,
7771
									  InvalidOid,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7772 7773 7774 7775 7776 7777 7778 7779
									  NULL,
									  NULL,
									  NULL,
									  NULL,
									  0,
									  ' ',
									  ' ',
									  ' ',
7780
									  NULL,		/* exclOp */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7781 7782
									  conexpr,
									  conbin,
7783 7784
									  consrc,
									  con->conislocal,
R
Richard Guo 已提交
7785
									  con->coninhcount,
7786
									  false, /* conNoInherit */
7787
									  true /* is_internal */);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7788 7789
				break;
			}
7790 7791 7792

		case CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN:
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7793 7794 7795 7796 7797 7798 7799 7800 7801 7802 7803 7804 7805 7806 7807 7808 7809 7810
				int16	   *fkeys;
				int			nfkeys;
				Oid			indexoid = InvalidOid;
				Oid		   *opclasses = NULL;
				Relation	frel;

				val = heap_getattr(tuple, Anum_pg_constraint_confkey,
								   RelationGetDescr(pgcon), &isnull);
				Assert(!isnull);

				deconstruct_array(DatumGetArrayTypeP(val),
								  INT2OID, 2, true, 's',
								  &dats, NULL, &nfkeys);
				fkeys = palloc(sizeof(int16) * nfkeys);
				for (i = 0; i < nfkeys; i++)
				{
					fkeys[i] = DatumGetInt16(dats[i]);
				}
7811

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7812 7813 7814 7815 7816 7817 7818 7819
				frel = heap_open(con->confrelid, AccessExclusiveLock);
				indexoid = transformFkeyCheckAttrs(frel, nfkeys, fkeys, opclasses);

				CreateConstraintEntry(NameStr(con->conname),
									  RelationGetNamespace(cand),
									  con->contype,
									  con->condeferrable,
									  con->condeferred,
A
Asim R P 已提交
7820
									  con->convalidated,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7821 7822 7823 7824
									  RelationGetRelid(cand),
									  keys,
									  nkeys,
									  InvalidOid,
7825
									  indexoid,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7826 7827 7828 7829 7830 7831 7832 7833 7834
									  con->confrelid,
									  fkeys,
									  NULL,
									  NULL,
									  NULL,
									  nfkeys,
									  con->confupdtype,
									  con->confdeltype,
									  con->confmatchtype,
7835
									  NULL,		/* exclOp */
7836
									  NULL,		/* no check constraint */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7837
									  NULL,
7838 7839
									  NULL,
									  con->conislocal,
R
Richard Guo 已提交
7840
									  con->coninhcount,
7841
									  true, /* conNoInherit */
7842
									  true /* is_internal */);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7843 7844 7845 7846

				heap_close(frel, AccessExclusiveLock);
				break;
			}
7847 7848 7849
		case CONSTRAINT_PRIMARY:
		case CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE:
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7850 7851 7852 7853 7854 7855
				/*
				 * Index-backed constraints are handled as indexes.  No action
				 * here.
				 */
				char	   *what = (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_PRIMARY) ? "PRIMARY KEY" : "UNIQUE";
				char	   *who = NameStr(con->conname);
7856

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7857 7858 7859 7860 7861 7862 7863 7864 7865
				if (is_split)
				{
					;			/* nothing */
				}
				else if (validate)
				{
					ereport(ERROR,
							(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
							 errmsg("%s constraint \"%s\" missing", what, who),
7866 7867
							 errhint("Add %s constraint \"%s\" to the candidate table or drop it from the partitioned table.",
									 what, who)));
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7868 7869 7870 7871 7872 7873 7874
				}
				else
				{
					ereport(ERROR,
							(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
							 errmsg("WITHOUT VALIDATION incompatible with missing %s constraint \"%s\"",
									what, who),
7875 7876
							 errhint("Add %s constraint %s to the candidate table or drop it from the partitioned table.",
									 what, who)));
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7877 7878 7879

				}
				break;
7880 7881 7882
			}
		default:
			/* Defensive, can't occur. */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7883
			elog(ERROR, "invalid constraint type: %c", con->contype);
7884 7885 7886 7887 7888
			break;
	}

	newcon = NULL;

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7889
	if (validate)
7890
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7891
		switch (con->contype)
7892 7893
		{
			case CONSTRAINT_CHECK:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7894 7895 7896 7897 7898 7899 7900 7901
				{
					newcon = (NewConstraint *) palloc0(sizeof(NewConstraint));
					newcon->name = pstrdup(NameStr(con->conname));
					/* ExecQual wants implicit-AND format */
					newcon->qual = (Node *) make_ands_implicit((Expr *) conexpr);
					newcon->contype = CONSTR_CHECK;
					break;
				}
7902
			case CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7903 7904 7905 7906
				{
					elog(WARNING, "Won't enforce FK constraint.");
					break;
				}
7907
			case CONSTRAINT_PRIMARY:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7908 7909 7910 7911
				{
					elog(WARNING, "Won't enforce PK constraint.");
					break;
				}
7912
			case CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7913 7914 7915 7916
				{
					elog(WARNING, "Won't enforce ND constraint.");
					break;
				}
7917
			default:
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7918 7919 7920 7921
				{
					elog(WARNING, "!! NOT READY FOR TYPE %c CONSTRAINT !!", con->contype);
					break;
				}
7922 7923 7924 7925 7926 7927 7928 7929 7930
		}
	}
	return newcon;
}


static bool
relation_has_supers(Oid relid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7931
	ScanKeyData scankey;
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7932 7933 7934 7935 7936 7937 7938 7939 7940 7941 7942
	Relation	rel;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
	bool		result;

	rel = heap_open(InheritsRelationId, AccessShareLock);

	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));

	sscan = systable_beginscan(rel, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId, true,
7943
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
7944 7945 7946 7947 7948 7949 7950 7951

	result = (systable_getnext(sscan) != NULL);

	systable_endscan(sscan);

	heap_close(rel, AccessShareLock);

	return result;
7952 7953 7954 7955 7956 7957 7958 7959 7960 7961 7962 7963 7964 7965
}

/*
 * Preprocess a CreateStmt for a partitioned table before letting it
 * fall into the regular tranformation code.  This is an analyze-time
 * function.
 *
 * At the moment, the only fixing needed is to change default constraint
 * names to explicit ones so that they will propagate correctly through
 * to the parts of a partitioned table.
 */
void
fixCreateStmtForPartitionedTable(CreateStmt *stmt)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7966
	ListCell   *lc_elt;
7967
	Constraint *con;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7968 7969 7970 7971 7972 7973
	List	   *unnamed_cons = NIL;
	List	   *unnamed_cons_col = NIL;
	List	   *unnamed_cons_lbl = NIL;
	List	   *used_names = NIL;
	char	   *no_name = "";
	int			i;
7974 7975 7976 7977

	/* Caller should check this! */
	Assert(stmt->partitionBy && !stmt->is_part_child);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7978
	foreach(lc_elt, stmt->tableElts)
7979
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7980
		Node	   *elt = lfirst(lc_elt);
7981 7982 7983 7984 7985

		switch (nodeTag(elt))
		{
			case T_ColumnDef:
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7986 7987 7988
					ListCell   *lc_con;

					ColumnDef  *cdef = (ColumnDef *) elt;
7989

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7990
					foreach(lc_con, cdef->constraints)
7991
					{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7992
						Node	   *conelt = lfirst(lc_con);
7993
						con = (Constraint *) conelt;
7994

7995
						Assert(IsA(conelt, Constraint));
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
7996

7997 7998 7999 8000
						if (con->conname)
						{
							used_names = lappend(used_names, con->conname);
							continue;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8001
						}
8002
						switch (con->contype)
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8003
						{
8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8009 8010 8011 8012 8013 8014 8015 8016 8017 8018 8019 8020 8021 8022 8023 8024 8025
							case CONSTR_CHECK:
								unnamed_cons = lappend(unnamed_cons, con);
								unnamed_cons_col = lappend(unnamed_cons_col, cdef->colname);
								unnamed_cons_lbl = lappend(unnamed_cons_lbl, "check");
								break;
							case CONSTR_PRIMARY:
								unnamed_cons = lappend(unnamed_cons, con);
								unnamed_cons_col = lappend(unnamed_cons_col, cdef->colname);
								unnamed_cons_lbl = lappend(unnamed_cons_lbl, "pkey");
								break;
							case CONSTR_UNIQUE:
								unnamed_cons = lappend(unnamed_cons, con);
								unnamed_cons_col = lappend(unnamed_cons_col, cdef->colname);
								unnamed_cons_lbl = lappend(unnamed_cons_lbl, "key");
								break;
							case CONSTR_FOREIGN:
								unnamed_cons = lappend(unnamed_cons, con);
								unnamed_cons_col = lappend(unnamed_cons_col, cdef->colname);
								unnamed_cons_lbl = lappend(unnamed_cons_lbl, "fkey");
								break;
							default:
								break;
8026
						}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8027 8028 8029 8030 8031 8032 8033
					}
					break;
				}
			case T_Constraint:
				{
					con = (Constraint *) elt;

8034
					if (con->conname)
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8035
					{
8036
						used_names = lappend(used_names, con->conname);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8037 8038 8039
					}
					else
					{
8040 8041 8042 8043
						switch (con->contype)
						{
							case CONSTR_CHECK:
								unnamed_cons = lappend(unnamed_cons, con);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8044
								unnamed_cons_col = lappend(unnamed_cons_col, no_name);
8045 8046 8047 8048
								unnamed_cons_lbl = lappend(unnamed_cons_lbl, "check");
								break;
							case CONSTR_PRIMARY:
								unnamed_cons = lappend(unnamed_cons, con);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8049
								unnamed_cons_col = lappend(unnamed_cons_col, no_name);
8050 8051 8052 8053
								unnamed_cons_lbl = lappend(unnamed_cons_lbl, "pkey");
								break;
							case CONSTR_UNIQUE:
								unnamed_cons = lappend(unnamed_cons, con);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8054
								unnamed_cons_col = lappend(unnamed_cons_col, no_name);
8055 8056
								unnamed_cons_lbl = lappend(unnamed_cons_lbl, "key");
								break;
8057 8058 8059 8060
							case CONSTR_FOREIGN:
								unnamed_cons = lappend(unnamed_cons, con);
								unnamed_cons_col = lappend(unnamed_cons_col, no_name);
								unnamed_cons_lbl = lappend(unnamed_cons_lbl, "fkey");
8061 8062 8063 8064
							default:
								break;
						}
					}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8065
					break;
8066
				}
R
Richard Guo 已提交
8067
			case T_TableLikeClause:
8068
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8069
					break;
8070 8071 8072 8073 8074 8075
				}
			default:
				break;
		}
	}

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8076
	used_names = list_union(used_names, NIL);	/* eliminate dups */
8077

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8078
	for (i = 0; i < list_length(unnamed_cons); i++)
8079
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8080 8081
		char	   *label = list_nth(unnamed_cons_lbl, i);
		char	   *colname = NULL;
8082
		Constraint *con = list_nth(unnamed_cons, i);
8083

8084
		Assert(IsA(con, Constraint));
8085

8086 8087 8088
		/* Conventionally, no column name for PK. */
		if (0 != strcmp(label, "pkey"))
			colname = list_nth(unnamed_cons_col, i);
8089

8090 8091 8092 8093 8094
		con->conname = ChooseConstraintNameForPartitionCreate(stmt->relation->relname,
															  colname,
															  label,
															  used_names);
		used_names = lappend(used_names, con->conname);
8095 8096 8097 8098 8099 8100 8101 8102 8103 8104 8105 8106 8107 8108 8109 8110 8111 8112 8113 8114 8115 8116 8117 8118 8119 8120
	}
}


/*
 * Subroutine for fixCreateStmtForPartitionedTable.
 *
 * Similar to ChooseConstraintNameForPartitionEarly but doesn't use the
 * catalogs since we're dealing with a currently non-existent namespace
 * (the space of constraint names on the table to be created).
 *
 * Modelled on ChooseConstraintName, though synchronization isn't a
 * requirement, just a nice idea.
 *
 * Caller is responsible for supplying the (unqualified) relation name,
 * optional column name (NULL or "" is okay for a table constraint),
 * label (e.g. "check"), and list of names to avoid.
 *
 * Result is palloc'd and caller's responsibility.
 */
char *
ChooseConstraintNameForPartitionCreate(const char *rname,
									   const char *cname,
									   const char *label,
									   List *used_names)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8121 8122 8123 8124 8125
	int			pass = 0;
	char	   *conname = NULL;
	char		modlabel[NAMEDATALEN];
	bool		found = false;
	ListCell   *lc;
8126 8127 8128 8129

	Assert(rname && *rname);

	/* Allow caller to pass "" instead of NULL for non-singular cname */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8130
	if (cname && *cname == '\0')
8131 8132 8133 8134 8135 8136 8137 8138 8139 8140 8141 8142
		cname = NULL;

	/* try the unmodified label first */
	StrNCpy(modlabel, label, sizeof(modlabel));

	for (;;)
	{
		conname = makeObjectName(rname, cname, modlabel);
		found = false;

		foreach(lc, used_names)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8143
			if (strcmp((char *) lfirst(lc), conname) == 0)
8144 8145 8146 8147 8148
			{
				found = true;
				break;
			}
		}
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8149 8150
		if (!found)
			break;				/* we have a winner */
8151 8152 8153 8154 8155 8156 8157 8158 8159 8160 8161 8162 8163 8164 8165

		pfree(conname);
		snprintf(modlabel, sizeof(modlabel), "%s%d", label, ++pass);
	}
	return conname;
}

/*
 * Determine whether the given attributes can be enforced unique within
 * the partitioning policy of the given partitioned table.  If not, issue
 * an error.  The argument primary just conditions the message text.
 */
void
checkUniqueConstraintVsPartitioning(Relation rel, AttrNumber *indattr, int nidxatts, bool primary)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8166 8167 8168 8169
	int			i;
	bool		contains;
	Bitmapset  *ikey = NULL;
	Bitmapset  *pkey = get_partition_key_bitmapset(RelationGetRelid(rel));
8170 8171 8172 8173 8174 8175 8176 8177 8178 8179 8180

	for (i = 0; i < nidxatts; i++)
		ikey = bms_add_member(ikey, indattr[i]);

	contains = bms_is_subset(pkey, ikey);

	if (pkey)
		bms_free(pkey);
	if (ikey)
		bms_free(ikey);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8181
	if (!contains)
8182
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8183
		char	   *what = "UNIQUE";
8184

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8185
		if (primary)
8186 8187 8188 8189
			what = "PRIMARY KEY";

		ereport(ERROR,
				(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
8190
				 errmsg("%s constraint must contain all columns in the partition key of relation \"%s\"",
8191 8192 8193 8194 8195 8196 8197 8198
						what, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
				 errhint("Include the partition key or create a part-wise UNIQUE index instead.")));
	}
}

/**
 * Does a partition node correspond to a leaf partition?
 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8199 8200
static bool
IsLeafPartitionNode(PartitionNode *p)
8201 8202 8203 8204 8205 8206
{
	Assert(p);

	/**
	 * If all of the rules have no children, this is a leaf partition.
	 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8207 8208 8209
	ListCell   *lc = NULL;

	foreach(lc, p->rules)
8210 8211
	{
		PartitionRule *rule = (PartitionRule *) lfirst(lc);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8212

8213 8214 8215 8216 8217 8218 8219 8220 8221 8222
		if (rule->children)
		{
			return false;
		}
	}

	/**
	 * If default partition has children then, this is not a leaf
	 */
	if (p->default_part
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8223
		&& p->default_part->children)
8224 8225 8226 8227 8228 8229 8230 8231 8232 8233
	{
		return false;
	}

	return true;
}

/*
 * Given a partition node, return all the associated rules, including the default partition rule if present
 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8234
static List *
8235 8236 8237 8238
get_partition_rules(PartitionNode *pn)
{
	Assert(pn);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8239 8240
	List	   *result = NIL;

8241 8242 8243 8244 8245 8246 8247 8248 8249 8250 8251 8252 8253 8254 8255 8256 8257 8258
	if (pn->default_part)
	{
		result = lappend(result, pn->default_part);
	}

	result = list_concat(result, pn->rules);

	return result;
}

/**
 * Given a partition node, return list of children. Should not be called on a leaf partition node.
 *
 * Input:
 *	p - input partition node
 * Output:
 *	List of partition nodes corresponding to its children across all rules.
 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8259 8260
static List *
PartitionChildren(PartitionNode *p)
8261 8262 8263 8264
{
	Assert(p);
	Assert(!IsLeafPartitionNode(p));

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8265 8266 8267
	List	   *result = NIL;

	ListCell   *lc = NULL;
8268

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8269
	foreach(lc, p->rules)
8270 8271 8272 8273 8274 8275 8276 8277 8278 8279 8280 8281 8282
	{
		PartitionRule *rule = (PartitionRule *) lfirst(lc);

		if (rule->children)
		{
			result = lappend(result, rule->children);
		}
	}

	/**
	 * Also add default child
	 */
	if (p->default_part
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8283
		&& p->default_part->children)
8284 8285 8286 8287 8288 8289 8290 8291 8292 8293 8294 8295 8296 8297 8298
	{
		result = lappend(result, p->default_part->children);
	}

	return result;
}

/*
 * selectPartitionMulti()
 *
 * Given an input partition node, values and nullness, and partition state,
 * find matching leaf partitions. This is similar to selectPartition() with one
 * big difference around nulls. If there is a null value corresponding to a partitioning attribute,
 * then all children are considered matches.
 *
8299 8300 8301
 * The input values/isnull should match the layout of tuples in the
 * partitioned table.
 *
8302 8303 8304 8305 8306
 * Output:
 *	leafPartitionOids - list of leaf partition oids, null if there are no matches
 */
List *
selectPartitionMulti(PartitionNode *partnode, Datum *values, bool *isnull,
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8307
					 TupleDesc tupdesc, PartitionAccessMethods *accessMethods)
8308 8309 8310
{
	Assert(partnode);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8311
	List	   *leafPartitionOids = NIL;
8312

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8313
	List	   *inputList = list_make1(partnode);
8314 8315 8316

	while (list_length(inputList) > 0)
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8317 8318 8319
		List	   *levelOutput = NIL;

		ListCell   *lc = NULL;
8320

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8321
		foreach(lc, inputList)
8322 8323
		{
			PartitionNode *candidatePartNode = (PartitionNode *) lfirst(lc);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8324
			bool		foundNull = false;
8325 8326 8327

			for (int i = 0; i < candidatePartNode->part->parnatts; i++)
			{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8328
				AttrNumber	attno = candidatePartNode->part->paratts[i];
8329 8330 8331 8332 8333 8334 8335 8336 8337 8338 8339 8340 8341 8342 8343 8344 8345 8346 8347 8348 8349 8350 8351 8352 8353 8354 8355 8356 8357 8358 8359

				/**
				 * If corresponding value is null, then we should pick all of its
				 * children (or itself if it is a leaf partition)
				 */
				if (isnull[attno - 1])
				{
					foundNull = true;
					if (IsLeafPartitionNode(candidatePartNode))
					{
						/**
						 * Extract out Oids of all children
						 */
						leafPartitionOids = list_concat(leafPartitionOids, all_partition_relids(candidatePartNode));
					}
					else
					{
						levelOutput = list_concat(levelOutput, PartitionChildren(candidatePartNode));
					}
				}
			}

			/**
			 * If null was not found on the attribute, and if this is a leaf partition,
			 * then there will be an exact match. If it is not a leaf partition, then
			 * we have to find the right child to investigate.
			 */
			if (!foundNull)
			{
				if (IsLeafPartitionNode(candidatePartNode))
				{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8360 8361
					Oid			matchOid = selectPartition1(candidatePartNode, values, isnull, tupdesc, accessMethods, NULL, NULL);

8362 8363 8364 8365 8366 8367 8368 8369
					if (matchOid != InvalidOid)
					{
						leafPartitionOids = lappend_oid(leafPartitionOids, matchOid);
					}
				}
				else
				{
					PartitionNode *childPartitionNode = NULL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8370

8371 8372 8373 8374 8375 8376 8377 8378 8379 8380 8381 8382 8383 8384 8385 8386 8387 8388 8389 8390 8391 8392 8393 8394 8395 8396 8397 8398
					selectPartition1(candidatePartNode, values, isnull, tupdesc, accessMethods, NULL, &childPartitionNode);
					if (childPartitionNode)
					{
						levelOutput = lappend(levelOutput, childPartitionNode);
					}
				}
			}

		}

		/**
		 * Start new level
		 */
		list_free(inputList);
		inputList = levelOutput;
	}

	return leafPartitionOids;
}

/*
 * Add a partition encoding clause for a subpartition template. We need to be
 * able to recall these for when we later add partitions which inherit the
 * subpartition template definition.
 */
static void
add_partition_encoding(Oid relid, Oid paroid, AttrNumber attnum, List *encoding)
{
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
8399
	Relation	rel;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8400 8401 8402 8403
	Datum		partoptions;
	Datum		values[Natts_pg_partition_encoding];
	bool		nulls[Natts_pg_partition_encoding];
	HeapTuple	tuple;
8404

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
8405
	rel = heap_open(PartitionEncodingRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
8406 8407 8408 8409 8410

	Insist(attnum > 0);

	partoptions = transformRelOptions(PointerGetDatum(NULL),
									  encoding,
8411
									  NULL, NULL,
8412 8413 8414 8415 8416 8417 8418 8419 8420
									  true,
									  false);

	MemSet(nulls, 0, sizeof(nulls));

	values[Anum_pg_partition_encoding_parencoid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(paroid);
	values[Anum_pg_partition_encoding_parencattnum - 1] = Int16GetDatum(attnum);
	values[Anum_pg_partition_encoding_parencattoptions - 1] = partoptions;

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
8421
	tuple = heap_form_tuple(RelationGetDescr(rel), values, nulls);
8422 8423

	/* Insert tuple into the relation */
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
8424 8425
	simple_heap_insert(rel, tuple);
	CatalogUpdateIndexes(rel, tuple);
8426 8427 8428

	heap_freetuple(tuple);

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
8429
	heap_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
8430 8431 8432 8433 8434
}

static void
remove_partition_encoding_entry(Oid paroid, AttrNumber attnum)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8435
	Relation	rel;
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
8436
	HeapTuple	tup;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8437
	ScanKeyData scankey;
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
8438
	SysScanDesc sscan;
8439

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
8440
	rel = heap_open(PartitionEncodingRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
8441

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
8442 8443 8444 8445 8446 8447
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey,
				Anum_pg_partition_encoding_parencoid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(paroid));

	sscan = systable_beginscan(rel, PartitionEncodingParencoidAttnumIndexId,
8448
							   true, NULL, 1, &scankey);
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
8449
	while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(sscan)))
8450 8451 8452 8453
	{
		if (attnum != InvalidAttrNumber)
		{
			Form_pg_partition_encoding ppe =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8454
			(Form_pg_partition_encoding) GETSTRUCT(tup);
8455 8456 8457 8458

			if (ppe->parencattnum != attnum)
				continue;
		}
H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
8459
		simple_heap_delete(rel, &tup->t_self);
8460 8461
	}

H
Heikki Linnakangas 已提交
8462 8463
	systable_endscan(sscan);
	heap_close(rel, RowExclusiveLock);
8464 8465 8466 8467 8468 8469 8470 8471 8472
}

/*
 * Remove all trace of partition encoding for a relation. This is the DROP TABLE
 * case. May be called even if there's no entry for the partition.
 */
static void
remove_partition_encoding_by_key(Oid relid, AttrNumber attnum)
{
8473 8474 8475 8476
	Relation	partrel;
	ScanKeyData scankey;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
	HeapTuple	tup;
8477 8478 8479

	/* XXX XXX: not FOR UPDATE because update a child table... */

8480
	partrel = heap_open(PartitionRelationId, AccessShareLock);
8481

8482 8483 8484
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_parrelid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
8485

8486
	sscan = systable_beginscan(partrel, PartitionParrelidIndexId, true,
8487
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
8488
	while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(sscan)))
8489
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8490
		Form_pg_partition part = (Form_pg_partition) GETSTRUCT(tup);
8491 8492 8493 8494 8495

		if (part->paristemplate)
			remove_partition_encoding_entry(HeapTupleGetOid(tup), attnum);
	}

8496 8497
	systable_endscan(sscan);
	heap_close(partrel, AccessShareLock);
8498 8499 8500 8501 8502 8503 8504 8505 8506 8507 8508 8509 8510 8511 8512 8513 8514 8515 8516 8517 8518 8519 8520 8521
}

void
RemovePartitionEncodingByRelid(Oid relid)
{
	remove_partition_encoding_by_key(relid, InvalidAttrNumber);
}

/*
 * Remove a partition encoding entry for a specific attribute number.
 * May be called when no such entry actually exists.
 */
void
RemovePartitionEncodingByRelidAttribute(Oid relid, AttrNumber attnum)
{
	remove_partition_encoding_by_key(relid, attnum);
}

/*
 * For all encoding clauses, create a pg_partition_encoding entry
 */
static void
add_template_encoding_clauses(Oid relid, Oid paroid, List *stenc)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8522
	ListCell   *lc;
8523 8524 8525 8526

	foreach(lc, stenc)
	{
		ColumnReferenceStorageDirective *c = lfirst(lc);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8527
		AttrNumber	attnum;
8528 8529

		/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8530 8531
		 * Don't store default clauses since we have no need of them when we
		 * add partitions later.
8532 8533 8534 8535
		 */
		if (c->deflt)
			continue;

8536
		attnum = get_attnum(relid, c->column);
8537 8538 8539

		Insist(attnum > 0);

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8540
		add_partition_encoding(relid, paroid, attnum, c->encoding);
8541 8542 8543 8544 8545 8546
	}
}

Datum *
get_partition_encoding_attoptions(Relation rel, Oid paroid)
{
8547 8548 8549 8550 8551
	Relation	pgpeenc;
	ScanKeyData scankey;
	SysScanDesc sscan;
	HeapTuple	tup;
	Datum	   *opts;
8552

8553
	/*
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8554
	 * XXX XXX: should be FOR UPDATE ? why ? probably should be an AccessShare
8555
	 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8556
	pgpeenc = heap_open(PartitionEncodingRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
8557 8558

	opts = palloc0(sizeof(Datum) * RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rel));
8559

8560 8561 8562 8563 8564
	/* SELECT * FROM pg_partition_encoding WHERE parencoid = :1 */
	ScanKeyInit(&scankey, Anum_pg_partition_encoding_parencoid,
				BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
				ObjectIdGetDatum(paroid));
	sscan = systable_beginscan(pgpeenc, PartitionEncodingParencoidIndexId, true,
8565
							   NULL, 1, &scankey);
8566
	while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(sscan)))
8567
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8568 8569 8570
		Datum		paroptions;
		AttrNumber	attnum;
		bool		isnull;
8571

A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8572
		attnum = ((Form_pg_partition_encoding) GETSTRUCT(tup))->parencattnum;
8573 8574 8575 8576 8577 8578 8579 8580 8581 8582 8583
		paroptions = heap_getattr(tup,
								  Anum_pg_partition_encoding_parencattoptions,
								  RelationGetDescr(pgpeenc),
								  &isnull);

		Insist(!isnull);
		Insist((attnum - 1) >= 0);

		opts[attnum - 1] = datumCopy(paroptions, false, -1);
	}

8584
	systable_endscan(sscan);
8585 8586 8587 8588 8589 8590 8591 8592
	heap_close(pgpeenc, RowExclusiveLock);

	return opts;
}

static List *
get_deparsed_partition_encodings(Oid relid, Oid paroid)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8593 8594 8595 8596
	int			i;
	List	   *out = NIL;
	Relation	rel = heap_open(relid, AccessShareLock);
	Datum	   *opts = get_partition_encoding_attoptions(rel, paroid);
8597 8598 8599 8600 8601 8602

	for (i = 0; i < RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rel); i++)
	{
		if (opts[i] && !rel->rd_att->attrs[i]->attisdropped)
		{
			ColumnReferenceStorageDirective *c =
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8603
			makeNode(ColumnReferenceStorageDirective);
8604 8605

			c->encoding = untransformRelOptions(opts[i]);
8606
			c->column = get_attname(relid, i + 1);
8607 8608 8609 8610 8611 8612 8613 8614 8615 8616 8617 8618 8619 8620 8621 8622 8623
			out = lappend(out, c);
		}
	}

	heap_close(rel, AccessShareLock);

	return out;
}

/**
 * Function that returns a string representation of partition oids.
 *
 * elements: an array of datums, containing oids of partitions.
 * n: length of the elements array.
 *
 * Result is allocated in the current memory context.
 */
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8624
char *
8625 8626 8627 8628
DebugPartitionOid(Datum *elements, int n)
{

	StringInfoData str;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8629

8630 8631
	initStringInfo(&str);
	appendStringInfo(&str, "{");
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8632
	for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
8633
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8634 8635
		Oid			o = DatumGetObjectId(elements[i]);

8636 8637 8638 8639 8640 8641 8642 8643 8644 8645 8646 8647 8648 8649 8650 8651 8652 8653 8654 8655
		appendStringInfo(&str, "%s, ", get_rel_name(o));
	}
	appendStringInfo(&str, "}");
	return str.data;
}

/*
 * findPartitionMetadataEntry
 *   Find PartitionMetadata object for a given partition oid from a list.
 *
 * Input arguments:
 * partsMetadata: list of PartitionMetadata
 * partOid: Part Oid
 * partsAndRules: output parameter for matched PartitionNode
 * accessMethods: output parameter for PartitionAccessMethods
 *
 */
void
findPartitionMetadataEntry(List *partsMetadata, Oid partOid, PartitionNode **partsAndRules, PartitionAccessMethods **accessMethods)
{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8656 8657 8658
	ListCell   *lc = NULL;

	foreach(lc, partsMetadata)
8659
	{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8660 8661
		PartitionMetadata *metadata = (PartitionMetadata *) lfirst(lc);

8662 8663 8664 8665
		*partsAndRules = findPartitionNodeEntry(metadata->partsAndRules, partOid);

		if (NULL != *partsAndRules)
		{
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8666 8667 8668 8669
			/*
			 * accessMethods define the lookup access methods for partitions,
			 * one for each level
			 */
8670 8671 8672 8673 8674 8675 8676 8677 8678 8679 8680 8681 8682 8683 8684 8685 8686 8687 8688 8689 8690 8691 8692 8693 8694 8695 8696 8697 8698 8699 8700 8701 8702 8703
			*accessMethods = metadata->accessMethods;
			return;
		}
	}
}

/*
 * findPartitionNodeEntry
 *   Find PartitionNode object for a given partition oid
 *
 * Input arguments:
 * partsMetadata: list of PartitionMetadata
 * partOid: Part Oid
 * return: matched PartitionNode
 */
static PartitionNode *
findPartitionNodeEntry(PartitionNode *partitionNode, Oid partOid)
{
	if (NULL == partitionNode)
	{
		return NULL;
	}

	Assert(NULL != partitionNode->part);
	if (partitionNode->part->parrelid == partOid)
	{
		return partitionNode;
	}

	/*
	 * check recursively in child parts in case we have the oid of an
	 * intermediate node
	 */
	PartitionNode *childNode = NULL;
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8704 8705 8706
	ListCell   *lcChild = NULL;

	foreach(lcChild, partitionNode->rules)
8707 8708
	{
		PartitionRule *childRule = (PartitionRule *) lfirst(lcChild);
A
Ashwin Agrawal 已提交
8709

8710 8711 8712 8713 8714 8715 8716 8717 8718 8719 8720 8721 8722 8723 8724 8725 8726
		childNode = findPartitionNodeEntry(childRule->children, partOid);
		if (NULL != childNode)
		{
			return childNode;
		}
	}

	/*
	 * check recursively in the default part, if any
	 */
	if (NULL != partitionNode->default_part)
	{
		childNode = findPartitionNodeEntry(partitionNode->default_part->children, partOid);
	}

	return childNode;
}
8727 8728 8729 8730 8731

/*
 * check parition rule if contains
 * external partition table
 */
8732 8733
static bool
has_external_partition(List *rules) {
8734 8735 8736 8737 8738 8739 8740 8741 8742 8743 8744 8745 8746 8747 8748 8749 8750 8751 8752 8753 8754 8755 8756 8757 8758 8759 8760 8761
	if (rules == NULL)
	{
		return false;
	}

	ListCell *lc = NULL;
	foreach(lc, rules)
	{
		PartitionRule *rule = lfirst(lc);
		Relation rel = heap_open(rule->parchildrelid, NoLock);

		if (RelationIsExternal(rel))
		{
			heap_close(rel, NoLock);
			return true;
		}
		else
		{
			heap_close(rel, NoLock);
			if (rule->children && has_external_partition(rule->children->rules))
			{
				return true;
			}
		}
	}

	return false;
}